Add board/redbee-usb.cfg
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * JTAG Hardware Dongles:: JTAG Hardware Dongles
65 * About JIM-Tcl:: About JIM-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Interface - Dongle Configuration:: Interface - Dongle Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 @b{JTAG:} OpenOCD uses a ``hardware interface dongle'' to communicate
115 with the JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
116 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
117 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
118 between chips and boards.
119
120 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
121 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
122 OpenOCD internally. @xref{JTAG Hardware Dongles}.
123
124 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
125 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
126 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
127 debugged via the GDB protocol.
128
129 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
130 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
131 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
132 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
133 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
134
135 @section OpenOCD Web Site
136
137 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
138
139 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
140
141 @section Latest User's Guide:
142
143 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
144 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
145 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
146
147 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
148
149 PDF form is likewise published at:
150
151 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
152
153 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
154
155 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
156 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
157 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
158 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
159 instead of this forum.
160
161 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
162
163
164 @node Developers
165 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
166 @cindex developers
167
168 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
169 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
170 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
171 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
172
173 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
174 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
175
176 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
177
178 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
179 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
180
181 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
182
183 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
184
185 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
186
187 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
188 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
189 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
190 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
191 needing a GIT client:
192
193 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
194
195 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
196
197 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
198 from the repository or a snapshot.
199
200 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
201 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
202 Patches created against older versions may require additional
203 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
204
205 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
206
207 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
208 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
209 technical information about the software internals, development
210 processes, and similar documentation:
211
212 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
213
214 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
215 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
216 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
217
218 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
219
220 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
221 communication between developers:
222
223 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
224
225 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
226 The @file{PATCHES.txt} file contains basic information about how
227 to prepare patches.
228
229 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
230
231 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
232 using Trac for its bug database:
233
234 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
235
236
237 @node JTAG Hardware Dongles
238 @chapter JTAG Hardware Dongles
239 @cindex dongles
240 @cindex FTDI
241 @cindex wiggler
242 @cindex zy1000
243 @cindex printer port
244 @cindex USB Adapter
245 @cindex RTCK
246
247 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
248 an adapter .... [snip]
249
250 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapater} one
251 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. The
252 execption being the Zylin ZY1000 which is a small box you attach via
253 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
254 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
255 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
256 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
257
258
259 @section Choosing a Dongle
260
261 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
262
263 @enumerate
264 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
265 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
266 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
267 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
268 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
269 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
270 Ethernet port needed?
271 @item @b{RTCK} Do you require RTCK? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
272 @end enumerate
273
274 @section Stand alone Systems
275
276 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
277 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
278 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
279 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
280 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
281
282 @section USB FT2232 Based
283
284 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
285 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
286 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
287 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
288 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
289 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters.
290
291 @itemize @bullet
292 @item @b{usbjtag}
293 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
294 @item @b{jtagkey}
295 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
296 @item @b{jtagkey2}
297 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
298 @item @b{oocdlink}
299 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
300 @item @b{signalyzer}
301 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
302 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
303 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
304 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
305 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
306 These boards can also be used as JTAG adapters to other target boards,
307 disabling the Stellaris chip.
308 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
309 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
310 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B90 and LM3S9B92
311 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
312 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
313 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
314 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
315 @item @b{flyswatter}
316 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
317 @item @b{turtelizer2}
318 @* See:
319 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
320 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
321 @item @b{comstick}
322 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
323 @item @b{stm32stick}
324 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
325 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
326 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
327 @item @b{cortino}
328 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
329 @end itemize
330
331 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
332
333 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
334 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
335 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
336 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
337 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
338
339 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
340 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
341 (see the section on driver commands).
342
343 @itemize
344 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
345 @* Link: @url{http://www.ixo.de/info/usb_jtag/}
346 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
347 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
348 @end itemize
349
350 @section USB JLINK based
351 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
352 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
353 AT91SAM764 internally.
354
355 @itemize @bullet
356 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
357 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
358 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
359 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
360 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
361 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
362 @end itemize
363
364 @section USB RLINK based
365 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
366
367 @itemize @bullet
368 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
369 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
370 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
371 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
372 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
373 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
374 @end itemize
375
376 @section USB Other
377 @itemize @bullet
378 @item @b{USBprog}
379 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
380
381 @item @b{USB - Presto}
382 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
383
384 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
385 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
386
387 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
388 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
389 @end itemize
390
391 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
392
393 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
394 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
395 these on the market.
396
397 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
398 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
399 of USB-based ones.
400
401 @itemize @bullet
402
403 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
404 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
405
406 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
407 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
408 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
409
410 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
411 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
412
413 @item @b{GW16402}
414 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
415
416 @item @b{Wiggler2}
417 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
418 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
419
420 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
421 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
422
423 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
424 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
425
426 @item @b{arm-jtag}
427 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
428
429 @item @b{chameleon}
430 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
431
432 @item @b{Triton}
433 @* Unknown.
434
435 @item @b{Lattice}
436 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
437 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
438
439 @item @b{flashlink}
440 @* From ST Microsystems;
441 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
442 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
443
444 @end itemize
445
446 @section Other...
447 @itemize @bullet
448
449 @item @b{ep93xx}
450 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
451
452 @item @b{at91rm9200}
453 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
454
455 @end itemize
456
457 @node About JIM-Tcl
458 @chapter About JIM-Tcl
459 @cindex JIM Tcl
460 @cindex tcl
461
462 OpenOCD includes a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as JIM-Tcl.
463 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
464 command interpreter.
465
466 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to JIM-Tcl.
467 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
468 much of anything about Tcl.
469 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
470
471 You can learn more about JIM at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
472
473 @itemize @bullet
474 @item @b{JIM vs. Tcl}
475 @* JIM-TCL is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
476 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. JIM-Tcl has far
477 fewer features. JIM-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
478 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
479 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
480
481 @item @b{Missing Features}
482 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
483 needed. We welcome JIM Tcl improvements, not bloat.
484
485 @item @b{Scripts}
486 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are JIM Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
487 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
488 JIM-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
489
490 @item @b{Commands}
491 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB mon command) one
492 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
493 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
494 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
495
496 @item @b{Historical Note}
497 @* JIM-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008.
498
499 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
500 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
501 @end itemize
502
503 @node Running
504 @chapter Running
505 @cindex command line options
506 @cindex logfile
507 @cindex directory search
508
509 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
510 to the JTAG adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
511 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
512 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
513 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
514
515 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
516 tell it how each debug session should work.
517 The @option{--help} option shows:
518 @verbatim
519 bash$ openocd --help
520
521 --help | -h display this help
522 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
523 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
524 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
525 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
526 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
527 --command | -c run <command>
528 --pipe | -p use pipes when talking to gdb
529 @end verbatim
530
531 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
532 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
533 To specify one or more different
534 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
535
536 @example
537 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
538 @end example
539
540 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
541 @enumerate
542 @item the current directory,
543 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
544 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
545 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
546 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
547 @end enumerate
548 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
549
550 @quotation Note
551 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
552 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
553 @end quotation
554
555 @section Simple setup, no customization
556
557 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
558 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
559 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
560 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
561 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
562
563 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
564 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
565 the server like:
566
567 @example
568 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
569 @end example
570
571 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
572 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
573 If all goes well you'll see output something like
574
575 @example
576 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
577 For bug reports, read
578 http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
579 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
580 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
581 @end example
582
583 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
584 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
585 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
586
587 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
588
589 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
590 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
591 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
592 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
593 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
594 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
595 ensure that this always succeeds.
596 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
597 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
598 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
599 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
600
601 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
602 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
603 those channels.
604
605 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
606 the @option{-d} option.
607
608 Also it is possible to interleave JIM-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
609 @option{-c} command line switch.
610
611 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
612 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
613 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
614 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
615 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
616 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
617 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
618
619 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
620 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
621
622 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
623
624 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
625 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
626 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
627 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
628
629 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
630 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
631
632 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
633 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
634 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
635 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
636 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
637 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
638 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
639
640 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
641
642 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
643 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
644 and a USB cable on the other.
645 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
646 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
647
648 @enumerate
649 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
650 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
651 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
652 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
653 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
654 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
655 debugging host.
656
657 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
658 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
659 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
660 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
661 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
662
663 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
664 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
665 with 1.2 Volt boards.
666
667 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
668 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
669 ways to connect the cable.
670 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
671 Be sure it's firmly connected.
672
673 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
674 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
675 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
676 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
677 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
678 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
679 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
680 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
681
682 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
683 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
684 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
685 but are tedious to set up.
686 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
687 adapter signals to the right board pins.
688
689 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
690 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
691 you are using to run OpenOCD.
692 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
693
694 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
695 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
696 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
697
698 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
699 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
700 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
701
702 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
703 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
704 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
705 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
706
707 @end enumerate
708
709 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
710 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
711 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
712
713 @section Project Directory
714
715 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
716
717 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
718 single directory for your work with a given board.
719 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
720 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
721 files accessed through semihosting,
722 and for code you upload to the target board.
723 It is also the natural place to write files,
724 such as log files and data you download from the board.
725
726 @section Configuration Basics
727
728 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
729 a variety of ways you can mix them.
730 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
731
732 @itemize
733 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
734 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
735 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
736 @end itemize
737
738 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
739 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
740 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
741
742 @example
743 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
744
745 # GDB can also flash my flash!
746 gdb_memory_map enable
747 gdb_flash_program enable
748
749 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
750 @end example
751
752 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
753
754 @example
755 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
756 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
757 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
758 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
759 @end example
760
761 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
762 each supporting a different development task.
763 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
764 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
765
766 @quotation Important
767 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
768 problems with how it treats variables.
769 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
770 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
771 that can be tested in a later script.
772 @end quotation
773
774 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
775 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
776 to simplify your work.
777
778 @section User Config Files
779 @cindex config file, user
780 @cindex user config file
781 @cindex config file, overview
782
783 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
784 in one place.
785 One of the following will match your situation best:
786
787 @itemize
788 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
789 provided by someone else.
790 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
791 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
792 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
793 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
794 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
795 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
796
797 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
798 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
799
800 @enumerate
801 @item @b{interface} -- one for each kind of JTAG adapter/dongle
802 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
803 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
804 @end enumerate
805
806 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
807 The first is an interface config file.
808 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
809 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
810 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
811 meet your deadline:
812
813 @example
814 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
815 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
816 @end example
817
818 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
819 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
820 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
821 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
822
823 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
824 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
825 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
826 Once you find the TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
827 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
828 @xref{Autoprobing}.
829
830 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
831 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
832 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
833 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
834
835 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
836 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
837 giving access to your particular flash chips.
838 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
839 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
840
841 @quotation Note
842 When you write new configuration files, please submit
843 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
844 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
845 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
846 will help support users of any board using that chip.
847 @end quotation
848
849 @item
850 You may may need to write some C code.
851 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
852 based dongle; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
853 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
854 a new chip architecture.
855 @end itemize
856
857 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
858 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
859 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
860
861 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
862 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
863 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
864 @itemize
865
866 @item
867 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
868 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
869 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
870 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
871
872 @item
873 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
874 @cindex vector_catch
875 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
876 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
877 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
878 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
879 along with messaging and tracing setup.
880 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
881
882 @item
883 You might need to override some defaults.
884 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
885 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
886
887 @item
888 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
889 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
890 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
891 @end itemize
892
893 @section Project-Specific Utilities
894
895 A few project-specific utility
896 routines may well speed up your work.
897 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
898
899 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
900 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
901 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
902 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
903 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
904 may help:
905
906 @example
907 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
908 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
909 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
910 # Leave the CPU halted.
911 reset init
912
913 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
914 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
915
916 # Start running.
917 resume 0x20000000
918 @}
919 @end example
920
921 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
922 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
923 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
924 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
925 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
926
927 @example
928 proc newboot @{ @} @{
929 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
930 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
931 # "reset halt" would be slower.
932 reset init
933
934 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
935 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
936 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
937 flash protect 0 0 1 off
938 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
939 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
940 flash protect 0 0 1 on
941
942 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
943 reset run
944 @}
945 @end example
946
947 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
948 from NAND.
949 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
950 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
951 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
952
953 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
954 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
955
956 @section Target Software Changes
957
958 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
959 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
960 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
961 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
962 handling issues like:
963
964 @itemize @bullet
965
966 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
967 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
968 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
969 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
970 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
971 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
972 your debug sessions.
973
974 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
975 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
976 That might however be your only option.
977
978 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
979 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
980 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
981 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
982 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
983 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
984 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
985 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
986 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
987 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
988 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
989 instead of the whole thing.
990 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
991 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
992
993 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
994 @cindex ARM semihosting
995 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
996 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
997 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
998 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
999 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1000 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1001 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1002 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1003 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1004 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1005 NAND or SPI flash.
1006
1007 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1008 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1009 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1010 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1011 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1012
1013 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1014 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1015 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1016 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1017 registers which can be used to change various features including
1018 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1019 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1020 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1021 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1022 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1023
1024 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1025 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1026 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1027 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1028 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1029
1030 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1031 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1032 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1033 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1034 early code execution can be debugged
1035 or firmware can be replaced.
1036
1037 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1038 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1039 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1040 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1041 operations like writing to memory.)
1042
1043 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1044 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1045 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1046 various kinds of message.
1047 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1048
1049 @end itemize
1050
1051 @section Target Hardware Setup
1052
1053 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1054 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1055 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1056 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1057 working with.}
1058
1059 Common issues include:
1060
1061 @itemize @bullet
1062
1063 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1064 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1065 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1066 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1067 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1068 or one from a daughtercard).
1069 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1070 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1071
1072 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1073 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1074 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1075 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1076 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1077 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1078
1079 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1080 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1081 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1082 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1083 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1084
1085
1086 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1087 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1088 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1089 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1090 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1091 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1092 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1093
1094 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1095 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1096 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1097 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1098 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1099
1100 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1101 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1102 used to start booting.
1103
1104 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1105 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1106 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1107 multiple audio codec chips).
1108 This interacts with software
1109 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1110 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1111 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1112 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1113 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1114 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1115 audio or video codecs are used.
1116
1117 @end itemize
1118
1119 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1120 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1121 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1122 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1123 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1124 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1125 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1126 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1127 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1128 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1129
1130
1131 @node Config File Guidelines
1132 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1133
1134 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1135 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1136 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1137 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1138
1139 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1140 with files including the ones listed here.
1141 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1142 @itemize @bullet
1143 @item @file{interface} ...
1144 think JTAG Dongle. Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1145 @example
1146 $ ls interface
1147 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1148 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1149 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1150 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1151 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1152 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1153 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1154 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1155 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1156 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1157 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1158 $
1159 @end example
1160 @item @file{board} ...
1161 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1162 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1163 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1164 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1165 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1166 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1167 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1168 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1169 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1170 a CPU and an FPGA.
1171 @example
1172 $ ls board
1173 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1174 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1175 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1176 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1177 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1178 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1179 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1180 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1181 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1182 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1183 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1184 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1185 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1186 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1187 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1188 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1189 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1190 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1191 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1192 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1193 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1194 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1195 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1196 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1197 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1198 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1199 $
1200 @end example
1201 @item @file{target} ...
1202 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1203 on a chip
1204 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1205 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1206 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1207 the target config file defines all of them.
1208 @example
1209 $ ls target
1210 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1211 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1212 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1213 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1214 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1215 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1216 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1217 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1218 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1219 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1220 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1221 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1222 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1223 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1224 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1225 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1226 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1227 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1228 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1229 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1230 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1231 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1232 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1233 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1234 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1235 $
1236 @end example
1237 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1238 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1239 @end itemize
1240
1241 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1242 file may override features in any of the above files by
1243 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1244 commands specific to their situation.
1245
1246 @section Interface Config Files
1247
1248 The user config file
1249 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1250
1251 @example
1252 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1253 @end example
1254
1255 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every interface in use
1256 today, that said, perhaps some interfaces have only been used by the
1257 sole developer who created it.
1258
1259 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1260 @xref{Interface - Dongle Configuration}.
1261 Read the OpenOCD source code if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1262 and need to provide a driver for it.
1263
1264 @section Board Config Files
1265 @cindex config file, board
1266 @cindex board config file
1267
1268 The user config file
1269 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1270
1271 @example
1272 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1273 @end example
1274
1275 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1276 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1277 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1278
1279 @enumerate
1280 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1281 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1282 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1283 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1284 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1285 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1286 @end enumerate
1287
1288 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1289 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1290 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1291 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1292
1293 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1294 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1295 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1296 configuration works.
1297
1298 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1299
1300 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1301 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1302 convention on how to use certain variables.
1303
1304 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but JIM-Tcl does not.
1305 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1306 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1307 used at will within a target configuration file.
1308
1309 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1310 for a board with three chips:
1311
1312 @example
1313 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1314 set CHIPNAME network
1315 set ENDIAN big
1316 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1317 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1318 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1319 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1320
1321 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1322 set CHIPNAME video
1323 set ENDIAN little
1324 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1325 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1326 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1327 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1328
1329 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1330 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1331 unset ENDIAN
1332 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1333 @end example
1334
1335 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1336 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1337 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1338 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1339 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1340 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1341 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1342 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1343
1344 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1345 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1346 naming collisions.
1347
1348 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1349 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1350 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1351 up other clocks and peripherals.
1352
1353 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1354 @cindex variable names
1355
1356 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1357 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1358 one such chip (as shown above).
1359 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1360 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1361 to promote consistency and
1362 so that board files can override target defaults.
1363
1364 Inputs to target config files include:
1365
1366 @itemize @bullet
1367 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1368 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1369 tap identifier dotted names.
1370 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1371 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1372 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1373 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1374 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1375 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1376 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1377 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1378 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1379 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1380 @end itemize
1381
1382 Outputs from target config files include:
1383
1384 @itemize @bullet
1385 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1386 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1387 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1388 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1389 specific to that board and that target.
1390 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1391 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1392 @end itemize
1393
1394 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1395 @cindex event, reset-init
1396 @cindex reset-init handler
1397
1398 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1399 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1400 fully set up yet.
1401 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1402 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1403 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1404 handler is one of the most important.
1405
1406 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1407 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1408 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1409 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1410 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1411
1412 @quotation Note
1413 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1414 are included here.
1415 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1416 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1417 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1418 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1419 @end quotation
1420
1421 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1422 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1423 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1424 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1425 those as parameters.
1426 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1427 and disabling the watchdog.
1428 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1429 the next developer doing such work.
1430 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1431
1432 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1433 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1434 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1435 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1436
1437 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1438
1439 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1440 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1441 a low JTAG clock rate.
1442 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1443 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1444 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1445 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1446 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1447 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1448 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1449
1450 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1451 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1452 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1453 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1454 which might be less than that.
1455
1456 @quotation Warning
1457 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1458 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1459 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1460 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1461 @end quotation
1462
1463 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1464 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1465 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1466 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{jtag_khz}.
1467 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1468 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1469
1470 @section Target Config Files
1471 @cindex config file, target
1472 @cindex target config file
1473
1474 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1475 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1476 more target config files like this:
1477
1478 @example
1479 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1480 @end example
1481
1482 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1483 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1484 In summary the target files should contain
1485
1486 @enumerate
1487 @item Set defaults
1488 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1489 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1490 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1491 @item On-Chip flash
1492 @end enumerate
1493
1494 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1495 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1496 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1497
1498 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1499 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1500 can talk to the chip.
1501 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1502 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1503 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1504 and other processing engines.
1505
1506 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1507
1508 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1509 letting board config files express environment-specific
1510 differences in how things should be set up.
1511
1512 @example
1513 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1514 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1515 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1516 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1517 @} else @{
1518 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1519 @}
1520
1521 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1522 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1523 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1524 @} else @{
1525 set _ENDIAN little
1526 @}
1527
1528 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1529 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1530 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1531 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1532 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1533 @} else @{
1534 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1535 @}
1536 @end example
1537 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1538
1539 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1540 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1541 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1542
1543 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1544 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1545 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1546
1547 @example
1548 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1549 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1550 @end example
1551
1552 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1553 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1554 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1555 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1556 for taps.
1557
1558 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1559 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1560 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1561 looks (in part) like this:
1562
1563 @example
1564 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1565 @end example
1566
1567 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1568 to source such a config file twice, with different
1569 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1570 it adds a different TAP each time.
1571
1572 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1573 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1574 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1575 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1576
1577 @example
1578 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1579 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1580 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1581 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1582 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1583 @end example
1584
1585 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1586 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1587
1588 @itemize
1589 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1590 plus a JRC to enable them
1591 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1592 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1593 is not currently used)
1594 @end itemize
1595
1596 @subsection Add CPU targets
1597
1598 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1599 GDB and other commands can use it.
1600 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1601 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1602 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1603 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1604
1605 @example
1606 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1607 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1608 @end example
1609
1610 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1611 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1612 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1613 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1614 a work area if you can.
1615 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1616
1617 @example
1618 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1619 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1620 @end example
1621
1622 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1623
1624 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1625 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1626 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1627
1628 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1629 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1630 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1631 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1632 both signals.
1633
1634 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1635 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1636 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1637 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1638 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1639 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1640 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1641 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1642 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1643 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1644 not available.)
1645
1646 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1647 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1648 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1649 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1650 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1651 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1652 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1653 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1654
1655 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1656 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1657 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1658 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1659 slower clock than they will use later.
1660 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1661 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1662 than they will use later.
1663 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1664
1665 @quotation Important
1666 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1667 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1668 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1669 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1670 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1671 @end quotation
1672
1673 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1674
1675 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1676 special high speed download features - enable it.
1677
1678 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1679
1680 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1681 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1682 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1683 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1684 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1685 If you are using an external trace port,
1686 configure it in your board config file.
1687 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1688 configure it in your target config file.
1689
1690 @example
1691 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1692 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1693 @end example
1694
1695 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1696
1697 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1698
1699 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1700 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1701 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1702 the TARGET (chip) file.
1703
1704 Examples:
1705 @itemize @bullet
1706 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1707 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1708 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1709 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1710 @end itemize
1711
1712 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1713 @section Translating Configuration Files
1714 @cindex translation
1715 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1716 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1717 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1718 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1719 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1720 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1721
1722 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1723 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1724 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1725 convert other scripts later on.
1726
1727 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1728 replace job:
1729
1730 @example
1731 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1732 #
1733 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1734 #
1735 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1736 #
1737 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1738
1739 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1740 global TARGETNAME
1741
1742 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1743
1744 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1745 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1746 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1747 @}
1748 @end example
1749
1750
1751
1752 @node Daemon Configuration
1753 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1754 @cindex initialization
1755 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1756 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1757 supported.
1758
1759 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1760 @section Configuration Stage
1761 @cindex configuration stage
1762 @cindex config command
1763
1764 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1765 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1766 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1767 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1768 inside startup scripts.
1769
1770 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1771 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1772 which may be issued interactively.
1773 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1774 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
1775
1776 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1777 flash banks,
1778 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1779 and other basic setup.
1780 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1781 may access or activate TAPs.
1782 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1783 longer be issued.
1784
1785 @section Entering the Run Stage
1786
1787 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1788 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1789 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1790 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1791 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1792 You should see no errors at this point.
1793 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1794 commands you used to configure the server.
1795 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1796 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1797 on the scan chain.
1798
1799 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1800 become available.
1801 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1802 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1803 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1804 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1805 entry to the run stage.
1806
1807 @deffn {Config Command} init
1808 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1809 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1810 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1811 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1812 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1813 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1814
1815 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1816 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1817 configuration files and/or command line options.
1818
1819 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1820 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1821 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1822 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1823 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1824 @end deffn
1825
1826 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1827 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1828 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1829
1830 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1831 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1832 scan chain.
1833 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1834 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1835
1836 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1837 they return.
1838 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1839 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1840 @end deffn
1841
1842 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1843 @section TCP/IP Ports
1844 @cindex TCP port
1845 @cindex server
1846 @cindex port
1847 @cindex security
1848 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1849 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1850 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1851
1852 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1853 access using one or more of these ports.
1854 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1855 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1856 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1857
1858 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
1859 @cindex GDB server
1860 Specify or query the first port used for incoming GDB connections.
1861 The GDB port for the
1862 first target will be gdb_port, the second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1863 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1864 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
1865 When specified as zero, GDB remote access ports are not activated.
1866 @end deffn
1867
1868 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
1869 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
1870 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
1871 output from the Tcl engine.
1872 Intended as a machine interface.
1873 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1874 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
1875 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1876 @end deffn
1877
1878 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
1879 Specify or query the
1880 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
1881 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
1882 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1883 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
1884 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1885 @end deffn
1886
1887 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
1888 @section GDB Configuration
1889 @cindex GDB
1890 @cindex GDB configuration
1891 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
1892 The ones listed here are static and global.
1893 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
1894 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
1895
1896 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
1897 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
1898 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
1899 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
1900 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
1901 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
1902 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
1903 @end deffn
1904
1905 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
1906 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1907 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
1908 vFlash packet is received.
1909 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1910 @end deffn
1911
1912 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1913 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
1914 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
1915 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
1916 for flash programming to work.
1917 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1918 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
1919 @end deffn
1920
1921 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1922 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
1923 by GDB memory read packets.
1924 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
1925 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
1926 @end deffn
1927
1928 @anchor{Event Polling}
1929 @section Event Polling
1930
1931 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
1932 where significant events can happen at any time.
1933 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
1934 so it can report them to through TCL command line
1935 or to GDB.
1936
1937 Examples of such events include:
1938
1939 @itemize
1940 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
1941 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
1942 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
1943 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
1944 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
1945 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
1946 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
1947 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
1948 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
1949 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
1950 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
1951 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
1952 @end itemize
1953
1954 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
1955 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
1956 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
1957 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
1958 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
1959
1960 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
1961 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
1962 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
1963 to the various active targets.
1964 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
1965 which is normally done in the background.
1966
1967 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
1968 Poll the current target for its current state.
1969 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
1970 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
1971 specific information about the current state is printed.
1972 An optional parameter
1973 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
1974
1975 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
1976 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
1977 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
1978 @example
1979 > poll
1980 background polling: on
1981 target state: halted
1982 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
1983 current mode: Supervisor
1984 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
1985 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
1986 >
1987 @end example
1988 @end deffn
1989
1990 @node Interface - Dongle Configuration
1991 @chapter Interface - Dongle Configuration
1992 @cindex config file, interface
1993 @cindex interface config file
1994
1995 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
1996 OpenOCD access to JTAG adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
1997 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
1998
1999 JTAG Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2000 through commands in an interface configuration
2001 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2002 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2003
2004 @example
2005 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2006 @end example
2007
2008 These commands tell
2009 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2010 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2011
2012 @example
2013 # jlink interface
2014 interface jlink
2015 @end example
2016
2017 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2018
2019
2020 @section Interface Configuration
2021
2022 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of JTAG dongle you are
2023 using. Depending on the type of dongle, you may need to have one or
2024 more additional commands.
2025
2026 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2027 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2028 target.
2029 @end deffn
2030
2031 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2032 List the interface drivers that have been built into
2033 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2034 @end deffn
2035
2036 @deffn Command {jtag interface}
2037 Returns the name of the interface driver being used.
2038 @end deffn
2039
2040 @section Interface Drivers
2041
2042 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2043 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2044 available at run time.
2045
2046 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2047 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2048 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2049 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2050
2051 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2052 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2053 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2054 @end deffn
2055
2056 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2057 Displays status of RTCK option.
2058 Optionally sets that option first.
2059 @end deffn
2060 @end deffn
2061
2062 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2063 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2064 This has one driver-specific command:
2065
2066 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2067 Logs some status
2068 @end deffn
2069 @end deffn
2070
2071 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2072 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2073 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2074 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2075 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2076 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2077 @end deffn
2078
2079 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2080 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2081 @end deffn
2082
2083 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2084 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2085 @end deffn
2086
2087 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2088 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2089 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2090 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2091
2092 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2093 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2094 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2095 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2096 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2097 @end deffn
2098
2099 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2100 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2101 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2102 is connected to the host.
2103 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2104 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2105 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2106 @end deffn
2107
2108 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2109 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2110 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2111 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2112 @itemize @minus
2113 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2114 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2115 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2116 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2117 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2118 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2119 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2120 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2121 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2122 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2123 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2124 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2125 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2126 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2127 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2128 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2129 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2130 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2131 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2132 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2133 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2134 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2135 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2136 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2137 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2138 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2139 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2140 @end itemize
2141 @end deffn
2142
2143 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2144 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2145 default values are used.
2146 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2147 @example
2148 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2149 @end example
2150 @end deffn
2151
2152 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2153 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2154 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2155 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2156 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2157 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2158 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2159 @end deffn
2160
2161 For example, the interface config file for a
2162 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2163
2164 @example
2165 interface ft2232
2166 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2167 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2168 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2169 @end example
2170 @end deffn
2171
2172 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2173 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2174 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2175 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2176
2177 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2178 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2179 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2180 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2181 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2182 @end deffn
2183
2184 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2185 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2186 default values are used.
2187 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2188 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2189 @example
2190 ft2232_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2191 @end example
2192 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2193 @example
2194 ft2232_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2195 @end example
2196 @end deffn
2197
2198 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2199 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2200 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2201 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2202
2203 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2204 @example
2205 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2206 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2207 @end example
2208 @end deffn
2209
2210 @end deffn
2211
2212 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2213 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2214 This has one driver-specific command:
2215
2216 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2217 Display either the address of the I/O port
2218 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2219 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2220 This is a write-once setting.
2221 @end deffn
2222 @end deffn
2223
2224 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2225 Segger jlink USB adapter
2226 @c command: jlink_info
2227 @c dumps status
2228 @c command: jlink_hw_jtag (2|3)
2229 @c sets version 2 or 3
2230 @end deffn
2231
2232 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2233 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2234 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2235 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2236 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2237
2238 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2239 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2240 This is a write-once setting.
2241 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2242
2243 @itemize @minus
2244 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2245 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2246 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2247 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2248 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2249 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2250 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2251 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2252 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2253 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2254 some versions of
2255 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2256 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2257 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2258 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2259 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2260 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2261 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2262 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2263 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2264 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2265 @end itemize
2266 @end deffn
2267
2268 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2269 Display either the address of the I/O port
2270 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2271 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2272 This is a write-once setting.
2273
2274 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2275 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2276 you may encounter a problem.
2277 @end deffn
2278
2279 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2280 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2281 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2282 @command{jtag_khz} configuration.
2283 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2284 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2285
2286 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2287 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2288 @quotation Tip
2289 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2290 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2291 @example
2292 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2293 > jtag_khz 500
2294 @end example
2295 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2296 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2297 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2298 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2299 large set of samples.
2300 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2301 @example
2302 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2303 @end example
2304 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{jtag_khz rate}
2305 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2306
2307 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2308 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2309 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2310 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2311 match for the jtag_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2312 @end quotation
2313 @end deffn
2314
2315 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2316 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2317 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2318 @end deffn
2319
2320 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2321 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2322
2323 @example
2324 interface parport
2325 parport_port 0x278
2326 parport_cable wiggler
2327 @end example
2328 @end deffn
2329
2330 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2331 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2332 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2333 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2334 @end deffn
2335 @end deffn
2336
2337 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2338 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2339 @end deffn
2340
2341 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2342 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2343 @end deffn
2344
2345 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2346 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2347
2348 @quotation Note
2349 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2350 which are not currently documented here.
2351 @end quotation
2352 @end deffn
2353
2354 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2355 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2356
2357 @quotation Note
2358 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2359 which are not currently documented here.
2360 @end quotation
2361
2362 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2363 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2364 No arguments: print status.
2365 @end deffn
2366
2367 @end deffn
2368
2369 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2370 @section JTAG Speed
2371 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2372 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2373 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2374 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2375 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2376 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2377 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2378 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2379 power management software that may be active.
2380
2381 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2382 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2383 target event handler.
2384 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2385 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2386 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2387 sets up those clocks).
2388 @xref{Target Events}.
2389 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2390 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2391 in the target config file.
2392 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2393 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2394 config file instead.
2395 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2396 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2397 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2398
2399 @example
2400 jtag_rclk 3000
2401 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2402 @end example
2403
2404 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2405 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2406 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2407 may not be the fastest solution.
2408
2409 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2410 instead of @command{jtag_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
2411 which support adaptive clocking.
2412
2413 @deffn {Command} jtag_khz max_speed_kHz
2414 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2415 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2416 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2417 than the speed specified.
2418
2419 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2420 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2421 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2422 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2423
2424 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2425 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2426 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2427 JTAG clocking after setup.
2428 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2429 If the interface device can not
2430 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2431 @end deffn
2432
2433 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2434 @cindex adaptive clocking
2435 @cindex RTCK
2436 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2437 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2438 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2439 @example
2440 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2441 jtag_rclk 3000
2442 @end example
2443 @end defun
2444
2445 @node Reset Configuration
2446 @chapter Reset Configuration
2447 @cindex Reset Configuration
2448
2449 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2450 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2451 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2452 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2453 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2454 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2455 Please see the various board files for examples.
2456
2457 @quotation Note
2458 To maintainers and integrators:
2459 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2460 Normally the board configuration file
2461 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2462 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2463
2464 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2465 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2466 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2467 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2468 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2469 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2470 @end quotation
2471
2472 @section Types of Reset
2473
2474 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2475 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2476 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2477
2478 @itemize @bullet
2479 @item
2480 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2481 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2482 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2483 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2484 @item
2485 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2486 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2487 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2488 device's the TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2489 @item
2490 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2491 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2492 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2493 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2494 @item
2495 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2496 several other types of reset.
2497 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2498 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2499 There may be individual module resets.
2500 @end itemize
2501
2502 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2503 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2504 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2505 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2506 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2507 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2508 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2509 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2510 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2511
2512 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2513 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2514
2515 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2516 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2517 common issues are:
2518
2519 @itemize @bullet
2520
2521 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2522 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2523 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2524 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2525 when either of those signals is not connected.
2526 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2527 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2528 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG level resets can
2529 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2530
2531 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2532 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2533 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2534 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2535
2536 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2537 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2538 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2539 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2540 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2541 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2542 hardware debouncing.
2543 Use the @command{jtag_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2544 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2545
2546 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2547 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2548 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2549 to use push/pull output drivers.
2550 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2551 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2552 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2553 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2554
2555 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2556 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2557 issues (not limited to errata).
2558 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2559 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2560 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2561 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2562 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2563 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2564 @end itemize
2565
2566 There can also be other issues.
2567 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2568 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2569 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2570 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2571 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2572 Agreement (NDA).
2573
2574 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2575 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2576 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2577
2578 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2579 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2580
2581 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2582
2583 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2584 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2585 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2586 allowing it to be deasserted.
2587 @end deffn
2588
2589 @deffn {Command} jtag_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2590 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2591 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2592 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2593 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2594 @end deffn
2595
2596 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2597 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2598 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2599 allowing it to be deasserted.
2600 @end deffn
2601
2602 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2603 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2604 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2605 @end deffn
2606
2607 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2608 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2609 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2610 configuration scripts.
2611
2612 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2613 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2614 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2615 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2616 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2617 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2618 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2619 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2620
2621 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2622 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2623 @var{gates},
2624 @var{trst_type},
2625 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2626 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2627 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2628 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2629 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2630 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2631
2632 @itemize
2633 @item
2634 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2635 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2636 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2637 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2638 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2639
2640 @quotation Tip
2641 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2642 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2643 @end quotation
2644
2645 @item
2646 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2647 signal implementations.
2648 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2649 indicating everything behaves normally.
2650 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2651 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
2652 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2653 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2654 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2655 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2656 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2657
2658 @item
2659 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2660 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2661 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2662 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2663 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2664 while SRST is asserted.
2665 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2666 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2667 @end itemize
2668
2669 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2670 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2671 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2672 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2673 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2674
2675 @itemize
2676 @item
2677 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2678 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2679 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2680 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2681
2682 @item
2683 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2684 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2685 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2686 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2687 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2688 @end itemize
2689 @end deffn
2690
2691 @section Custom Reset Handling
2692 @cindex events
2693
2694 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2695 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2696 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2697 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2698 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2699 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2700
2701 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2702 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2703 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2704 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2705 want to reset everything at once.
2706
2707 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2708 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2709 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2710 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2711 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2712 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2713 needs special attention.
2714
2715 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2716 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2717 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2718 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2719 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2720 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2721 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2722 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2723
2724 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2725 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2726 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2727 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2728 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2729
2730 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2731 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2732 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2733 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2734 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2735 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2736 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2737 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2738 or potentially some other value.
2739
2740 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2741 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2742 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2743 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2744 (or their associated targets)
2745 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2746
2747 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2748 they return.
2749 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2750 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2751 @end deffn
2752
2753 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2754 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2755 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2756 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2757 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2758 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2759 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2760 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2761 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2762 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2763 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2764 @end deffn
2765
2766 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2767 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2768 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2769 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2770 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2771 @end deffn
2772
2773
2774 @node TAP Declaration
2775 @chapter TAP Declaration
2776 @cindex TAP declaration
2777 @cindex TAP configuration
2778
2779 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
2780 TAPs serve many roles, including:
2781
2782 @itemize @bullet
2783 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
2784 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
2785 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
2786 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
2787 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
2788 start running that code.
2789 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
2790 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
2791 and missing connections
2792 @end itemize
2793
2794 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
2795 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
2796 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
2797 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
2798 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
2799
2800 @section Scan Chains
2801 @cindex scan chain
2802
2803 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
2804 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
2805 They also need to be added to
2806 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
2807 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
2808 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
2809 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
2810 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
2811 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2812 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
2813 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2814
2815 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
2816 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
2817 command, presented in the next chapter.
2818 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
2819 debugging targets.)
2820 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
2821
2822 @verbatim
2823 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
2824 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
2825 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
2826 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
2827 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
2828 @end verbatim
2829
2830 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
2831 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
2832 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
2833 because not all devices provide good support for that.
2834 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
2835 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
2836 until they are told to do so.
2837
2838 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
2839 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
2840 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
2841 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
2842
2843 @example
2844 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
2845 @end example
2846
2847 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
2848 by a given chip.
2849 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
2850 and so forth.
2851 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
2852 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
2853 a single chip and between them.
2854 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
2855
2856 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
2857 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
2858 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
2859 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
2860 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
2861 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
2862 includes commands something like this:
2863
2864 @example
2865 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
2866 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
2867 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
2868 @end example
2869
2870 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
2871 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
2872 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
2873
2874 @deffn Command {jtag names}
2875 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
2876 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
2877 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
2878 @example
2879 foreach t [jtag names] @{
2880 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
2881 @}
2882 @end example
2883 @end deffn
2884
2885 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
2886 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
2887 and their status.
2888 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
2889 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
2890 but systems with a JTAG router can
2891 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
2892 @end deffn
2893
2894 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
2895 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
2896
2897 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
2898 @c (on entry to RESET state).
2899
2900 @section TAP Names
2901 @cindex dotted name
2902
2903 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
2904 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
2905 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
2906 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
2907 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
2908 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
2909 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
2910 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
2911
2912 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
2913 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
2914 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
2915
2916 @quotation Tip
2917 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
2918 This feature is still present.
2919 However its use is highly discouraged, and
2920 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
2921 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
2922 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
2923 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
2924 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
2925 @end quotation
2926
2927 @section TAP Declaration Commands
2928
2929 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
2930 @anchor{jtag newtap}
2931 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
2932 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
2933 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
2934
2935 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
2936 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
2937 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
2938 overridable.
2939
2940 @cindex TAP naming convention
2941 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
2942 and should follow this convention:
2943
2944 @itemize @bullet
2945 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
2946 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
2947 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
2948 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
2949 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
2950 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
2951 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
2952 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
2953 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
2954 with a single TAP;
2955 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
2956 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
2957 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
2958 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
2959 @end itemize
2960
2961 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
2962
2963 @itemize @bullet
2964 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
2965 @*The length in bits of the
2966 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
2967 @end itemize
2968
2969 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
2970
2971 @itemize @bullet
2972 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
2973 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
2974 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
2975 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
2976 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
2977 (the TAP is linked in).
2978 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
2979 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
2980 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
2981 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
2982 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
2983 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
2984 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
2985 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
2986 values that were found but not included in the list.
2987
2988 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
2989 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
2990 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
2991 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
2992 hardware to find these values.
2993 @xref{Autoprobing}.
2994 @item @code{-ignore-version}
2995 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
2996 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
2997 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
2998 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
2999 the various chip IDs.
3000 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3001 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3002 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3003 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3004 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3005 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3006 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3007 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3008 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3009 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3010 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3011 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3012 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3013 @end itemize
3014 @end deffn
3015
3016 @section Other TAP commands
3017
3018 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3019 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3020 At this writing this TAP attribute
3021 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3022 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3023 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3024 See the next section for information about the available events.
3025
3026 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3027 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3028 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3029 @end deffn
3030
3031 @anchor{TAP Events}
3032 @section TAP Events
3033 @cindex events
3034 @cindex TAP events
3035
3036 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3037 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3038 The other applies to debugger targets,
3039 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3040
3041 The TAP events currently defined are:
3042
3043 @itemize @bullet
3044 @item @b{post-reset}
3045 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3046 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3047 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3048 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3049 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3050
3051 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3052 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3053 of any particular target.
3054 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3055 @item @b{setup}
3056 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3057 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3058 @item @b{tap-disable}
3059 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3060 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3061 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3062 @item @b{tap-enable}
3063 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3064 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3065 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3066 @end itemize
3067
3068 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3069 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3070 contents to be accurate), you might:
3071
3072 @example
3073 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3074 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3075 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3076 @}
3077 @end example
3078
3079
3080 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3081 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3082 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3083 @cindex jrc
3084
3085 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3086 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3087 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3088 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3089 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3090
3091 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3092 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3093 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3094 be visible.
3095 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3096 ignores, such as:
3097
3098 @itemize
3099 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3100 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3101 TAPs receive new instructions.
3102 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3103 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3104 @end itemize
3105
3106 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3107 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3108 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3109 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3110
3111 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3112 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3113
3114 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3115 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3116 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3117 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3118 should define TAP event handlers using
3119 code that looks something like this:
3120
3121 @example
3122 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3123 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3124 @}
3125 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3126 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3127 @}
3128 @end example
3129
3130 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3131
3132 @example
3133 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3134 @end example
3135
3136 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3137 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3138 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3139 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3140
3141 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3142 If necessary, disables the tap
3143 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3144 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3145 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3146 and "0" if it is disabled.
3147 @end deffn
3148
3149 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3150 If necessary, enables the tap
3151 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3152 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3153 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3154 and "0" if it is disabled.
3155 @end deffn
3156
3157 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3158 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3159 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3160 and "0" if it is disabled.
3161
3162 @quotation Note
3163 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3164 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3165 @end quotation
3166 @end deffn
3167
3168 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3169 @section Autoprobing
3170 @cindex autoprobe
3171 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3172
3173 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3174 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3175 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3176 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3177
3178 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3179 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3180 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3181 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3182 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3183 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3184 right when they come out of reset).
3185
3186 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3187
3188 @example
3189 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3190 reset_config trst_and_srst
3191 jtag_rclk 8
3192 @end example
3193
3194 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3195 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3196
3197 @enumerate
3198 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3199 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3200 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3201 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3202 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3203 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3204 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3205 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3206 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3207 that is discovered.
3208 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3209 register, it will report it.
3210 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3211 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3212 @end enumerate
3213
3214 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3215 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3216 that's a bit more complex:
3217
3218 @example
3219 clock speed 8 kHz
3220 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3221 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3222 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3223 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3224 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3225 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3226 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3227 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3228 @end example
3229
3230 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3231 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3232 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3233 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3234 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3235 and so forth.
3236
3237 @node CPU Configuration
3238 @chapter CPU Configuration
3239 @cindex GDB target
3240
3241 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3242 You can also access these targets without GDB
3243 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3244 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3245 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3246 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3247
3248 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3249 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3250
3251 @section Target List
3252 @cindex target, current
3253 @cindex target, list
3254
3255 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3256 where each member has a name.
3257 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3258 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3259 (plural!) command.
3260 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3261 look like with more than one:
3262 @verbatim
3263 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3264 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3265 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3266 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3267 @end verbatim
3268
3269 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3270 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3271 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3272 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3273 space seen by that current target.
3274 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3275 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3276 are examples; and there are many more.
3277
3278 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3279
3280 @deffn Command {target count}
3281 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3282 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3283 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3284
3285 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3286 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3287 @example
3288 set c [target count]
3289 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3290 # Assuming you have created this function
3291 print_target_details $x
3292 @}
3293 @end example
3294 @end deffn
3295
3296 @deffn Command {target current}
3297 Returns the name of the current target.
3298 @end deffn
3299
3300 @deffn Command {target names}
3301 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3302 @example
3303 foreach t [target names] @{
3304 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3305 @}
3306 @end example
3307 @end deffn
3308
3309 @deffn Command {target number} number
3310 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3311 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3312
3313 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3314 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3315 @example
3316 set thename [target number $x]
3317 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3318 @end example
3319 @end deffn
3320
3321 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3322 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3323
3324 @deffn Command targets [name]
3325 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3326 command names are singular.}
3327
3328 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3329 targets in a user friendly form.
3330
3331 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3332 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3333 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3334 @end deffn
3335
3336 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3337 @cindex target type
3338 @cindex CPU type
3339 @cindex CPU variant
3340
3341 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3342 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3343 when calling @command{target create}.
3344 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3345 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3346 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3347 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3348 what core-specific commands may be available
3349 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3350 and more.
3351
3352 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3353 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3354 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3355 worked around in some chip versions.
3356
3357 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3358 since there's a command to list them.
3359 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3360 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3361
3362 @anchor{target types}
3363 @deffn Command {target types}
3364 Lists all supported target types.
3365 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3366
3367 @itemize @bullet
3368 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3369 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3370 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3371 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3372 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3373 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3374 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3375 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3376 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3377 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3378 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3379 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3380 @itemize @minus
3381 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3382 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3383 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3384 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3385 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3386 @end itemize
3387 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3388 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3389 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3390 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3391 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3392 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3393 @itemize @minus
3394 @item @code{ejtag_srst} ... Use this when debugging targets that do not
3395 provide a functional SRST line on the EJTAG connector. This causes
3396 OpenOCD to instead use an EJTAG software reset command to reset the
3397 processor.
3398 You still need to enable @option{srst} on the @command{reset_config}
3399 command to enable OpenOCD hardware reset functionality.
3400 @end itemize
3401 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3402 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3403 There are several variants defined:
3404 @itemize @minus
3405 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3406 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3407 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3408 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3409 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3410 @end itemize
3411 @end itemize
3412 @end deffn
3413
3414 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3415 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3416 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3417 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3418 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3419 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3420 reflect design generations;
3421 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3422 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3423
3424 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3425 @section Target Configuration
3426
3427 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3428 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3429 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3430 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3431 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3432
3433 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3434 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3435 optional parts.
3436 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3437 command, created as part of target creation.
3438
3439 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3440 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3441 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3442 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3443 to be much more board-specific.
3444 The key steps you use might look something like this
3445
3446 @example
3447 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3448 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3449 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3450 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3451 @end example
3452
3453 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3454 on-chip SRAM.
3455 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3456 writes to target memory;
3457 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3458 GDB memory checksumming;
3459 and more.
3460
3461 @quotation Warning
3462 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3463 inaccessible when application code
3464 (such as an operating system)
3465 enables or disables the MMU.
3466 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3467 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3468 easy access to other addresses needed.
3469 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3470 @end quotation
3471
3472 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3473 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3474 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3475 controllers.
3476 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3477 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3478 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3479
3480 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3481 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3482 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3483 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3484 purposes including additional configuration.
3485
3486 @itemize @bullet
3487 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3488 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3489 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3490 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3491
3492 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3493 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3494 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3495 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3496 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3497 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3498 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3499 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3500
3501 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3502 @end itemize
3503 @end deffn
3504
3505 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3506 The options accepted by this command may also be
3507 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3508 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3509 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3510
3511 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3512 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3513 and changing its endianness or variant.
3514
3515 @itemize @bullet
3516
3517 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3518 used to access this target.
3519
3520 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3521 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3522
3523 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3524 @xref{Target Events}.
3525 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3526 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3527 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3528 same event name assigns only one handler.
3529
3530 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3531 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3532
3533 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3534 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3535 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3536 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3537 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3538 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3539 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3540
3541 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3542 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3543 or virtual address is being used.
3544
3545 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3546 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3547
3548 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3549 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3550 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3551 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3552 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3553
3554 @end itemize
3555 @end deffn
3556
3557 @section Other $target_name Commands
3558 @cindex object command
3559
3560 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3561 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3562
3563 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3564 Once a button is created a button
3565 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3566 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3567 configure it like this:
3568
3569 @example
3570 # Create
3571 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3572 # Modify
3573 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3574 # Query
3575 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3576 # Report
3577 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3578 @end example
3579
3580 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3581 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3582
3583 @example
3584 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3585 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3586 @end example
3587
3588 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3589
3590 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3591 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3592 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3593 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3594 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3595 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3596 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3597 They are not otherwise documented here.
3598 @end deffn
3599
3600 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3601 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3602 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3603 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3604 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3605 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3606 the target side uses raw memory.
3607
3608 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3609 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3610 The script orientation comes from working with data
3611 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3612 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3613 and neither store nor return those values.
3614
3615 @itemize
3616 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3617 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3618 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3619 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3620 @end itemize
3621 @end deffn
3622
3623 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3624 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3625 @command{$target_name configure}
3626 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3627 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3628 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3629 There are a few special cases:
3630
3631 @itemize @bullet
3632 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3633 event named @var{event_name}.
3634 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3635 two parameters.
3636 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3637 This is a special case because this is set using
3638 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3639 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3640 @end itemize
3641
3642 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3643 all the targets you might use something like this:
3644
3645 @example
3646 foreach name [target names] @{
3647 set y [$name cget -endian]
3648 set z [$name cget -type]
3649 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3650 $x $name $y $z]
3651 @}
3652 @end example
3653 @end deffn
3654
3655 @anchor{target curstate}
3656 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3657 Displays the current target state:
3658 @code{debug-running},
3659 @code{halted},
3660 @code{reset},
3661 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3662 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3663 @end deffn
3664
3665 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3666 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3667 currently associated with this target.
3668 @xref{Target Events}.
3669 @end deffn
3670
3671 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3672 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3673 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3674 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3675 @end deffn
3676
3677 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3678 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3679 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3680 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3681 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3682 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3683 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3684 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3685 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3686 @end deffn
3687
3688 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3689 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3690 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3691 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3692 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3693 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3694 @end deffn
3695
3696 @anchor{Target Events}
3697 @section Target Events
3698 @cindex target events
3699 @cindex events
3700 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3701 For example:
3702 @itemize @bullet
3703 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3704 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3705 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3706 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3707 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3708 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3709 to set up system clocks or
3710 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3711 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3712 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3713 @end itemize
3714
3715 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3716 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3717 @command{target create ... -event}.
3718
3719 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3720 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3721 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3722
3723 @example
3724 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3725 echo "Reset..."
3726 reset halt
3727 @}
3728 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3729 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3730 echo "Reset..."
3731 reset halt
3732 @}
3733 @end example
3734
3735 The following target events are defined:
3736
3737 @itemize @bullet
3738 @item @b{debug-halted}
3739 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3740 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3741 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3742 @item @b{early-halted}
3743 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3744 @ignore
3745 @item @b{examine-end}
3746 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3747 @item @b{examine-start}
3748 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3749 @end ignore
3750 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3751 @* When GDB connects
3752 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3753 @* When GDB disconnects
3754 @item @b{gdb-end}
3755 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3756 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3757 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3758 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3759 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3760 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3761 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3762 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3763 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3764 @item @b{gdb-start}
3765 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3766 @item @b{halted}
3767 @* The target has halted
3768 @ignore
3769 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3770 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3771 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3772 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3773 @end ignore
3774 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3775 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3776 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
3777 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
3778 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
3779 @item @b{reset-assert}
3780 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3781 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
3782 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
3783 it instead of asserting SRST.
3784 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
3785 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
3786 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
3787 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
3788 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3789 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
3790 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
3791 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
3792 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3793 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
3794 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
3795 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3796 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
3797 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
3798 released on the scan chain.
3799 @item @b{reset-end}
3800 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
3801 @ignore
3802 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
3803 @* Currently not used
3804 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
3805 @* Currently not used
3806 @end ignore
3807 @item @b{reset-init}
3808 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
3809 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
3810
3811 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
3812 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
3813 multiplexing, and so on.
3814 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
3815 the target clocks are fully set up.)
3816 @item @b{reset-start}
3817 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3818 before @command{reset_init} is called.
3819
3820 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
3821 or @command{jtag_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
3822 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
3823 @ignore
3824 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
3825 @* Currently not used
3826 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
3827 @* Currently not used
3828 @end ignore
3829 @item @b{resume-start}
3830 @* Before any target is resumed
3831 @item @b{resume-end}
3832 @* After all targets have resumed
3833 @item @b{resume-ok}
3834 @* Success
3835 @item @b{resumed}
3836 @* Target has resumed
3837 @end itemize
3838
3839
3840 @node Flash Commands
3841 @chapter Flash Commands
3842
3843 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
3844 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
3845 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
3846 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
3847 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
3848 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
3849 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
3850 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
3851 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
3852
3853 Flash Steps:
3854 @enumerate
3855 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
3856 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
3857 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
3858 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
3859 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
3860 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
3861 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
3862 @item GDB Flashing
3863 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
3864 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
3865 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
3866 @end enumerate
3867
3868 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
3869 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
3870 so that it can't boot.
3871 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
3872 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
3873
3874 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
3875 @section Flash Configuration Commands
3876 @cindex flash configuration
3877
3878 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
3879 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
3880 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
3881 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
3882 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
3883 see the driver-specific documentation.
3884
3885 @itemize @bullet
3886 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
3887 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
3888 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
3889 associated with the flash bank being declared.
3890 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
3891 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
3892 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
3893 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
3894 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
3895 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
3896 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
3897 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3898 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
3899 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3900 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
3901 commands to the flash controller.
3902 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
3903 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
3904 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
3905 for more information.
3906 @end itemize
3907 @quotation Note
3908 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
3909 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
3910 @end quotation
3911 @end deffn
3912
3913 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
3914 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
3915 @deffn Command {flash banks}
3916 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
3917 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3918 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
3919 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
3920 @end deffn
3921
3922 @deffn Command {flash list}
3923 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
3924 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3925 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
3926 @end deffn
3927
3928 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
3929 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
3930 depends on the flash type.
3931 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3932 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
3933 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
3934 but most don't bother.
3935 @end deffn
3936
3937 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
3938 @cindex flash erasing
3939 @cindex flash reading
3940 @cindex flash writing
3941 @cindex flash programming
3942
3943 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
3944 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
3945 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
3946 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
3947 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
3948
3949 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
3950 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
3951 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
3952 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
3953 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
3954
3955 @quotation Note
3956 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
3957 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
3958 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
3959 back to a flash bank.
3960 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
3961 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
3962 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
3963 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
3964 Avoid confusing the two command models.
3965 @end quotation
3966
3967 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
3968 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
3969 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
3970 disabled first.
3971 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
3972 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
3973 @xref{flash protect}.
3974
3975 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
3976 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
3977 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
3978 up to and including @var{last}.
3979 Sector numbering starts at 0.
3980 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
3981 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
3982 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3983 @end deffn
3984
3985 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] address length
3986 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
3987 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
3988 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
3989 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
3990 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
3991 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
3992 the specified length must stay within that bank.
3993 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
3994 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
3995 @end deffn
3996
3997 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
3998 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
3999 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4000 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4001 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4002 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4003 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4004 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4005 before issuing this command.
4006 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4007 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4008 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4009 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4010 @end deffn
4011 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4012
4013 @anchor{flash write_bank}
4014 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4015 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4016 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4017 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4018 @end deffn
4019
4020 @anchor{flash write_image}
4021 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4022 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4023 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4024 to the base address for each section in the image.
4025 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4026 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4027 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4028 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4029 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4030 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4031 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4032 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4033 each image section.
4034
4035 @quotation Warning
4036 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4037 data you want to preserve.
4038 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4039 sections might be erased with no notice.
4040 @itemize
4041 @item
4042 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4043 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4044 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4045 @item
4046 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4047 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4048 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4049 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4050 @end itemize
4051 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4052 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4053 @end quotation
4054
4055 @end deffn
4056
4057 @section Other Flash commands
4058 @cindex flash protection
4059
4060 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4061 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4062 and display that status.
4063 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4064 @end deffn
4065
4066 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4067 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4068 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4069 The information includes per-sector protect status, which may be
4070 incorrect (outdated) unless you first issue a
4071 @command{flash protect_check num} command.
4072 @end deffn
4073
4074 @anchor{flash protect}
4075 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4076 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4077 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4078 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4079 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4080 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4081 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4082 @end deffn
4083
4084 @deffn Command {flash protect_check} num
4085 Check protection state of sectors in flash bank @var{num}.
4086 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4087 @comment @option{flash erase_sector} using the same syntax.
4088 This updates the protection information displayed by @option{flash info}.
4089 (Code execution may have invalidated any state records kept by OpenOCD.)
4090 @end deffn
4091
4092 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4093 @section Flash Driver List
4094 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4095 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4096 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4097
4098 @subsection External Flash
4099
4100 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4101 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4102 @cindex CFI
4103 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4104 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4105 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4106 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4107 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4108 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4109 configure a bus and its timings), or
4110 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4111 on the flash chip.
4112 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4113 speed up operation.
4114
4115 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4116
4117 @itemize
4118 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4119 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4120 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4121 @end itemize
4122
4123 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4124 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4125
4126 @example
4127 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4128 flash bank cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4129 @end example
4130
4131 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4132 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4133 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4134
4135 @example
4136 flash bank cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4137 @end example
4138
4139 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4140 @end deffn
4141
4142 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4143
4144 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4145 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4146 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4147 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4148 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4149 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4150
4151 @example
4152 flash bank aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4153 @end example
4154 @end deffn
4155
4156 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4157 @cindex at91sam3
4158 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4159 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4160 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4161 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4162 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4163 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4164 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4165 chips are confirmed.}
4166
4167 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4168 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4169 the following fixed locations:
4170
4171 @example
4172 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4173 flash bank at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4174 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4175 flash bank at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4176 @end example
4177
4178 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4179 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4180 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4181
4182 @itemize
4183 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4184 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4185 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4186 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4187 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4188 @end itemize
4189
4190 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4191
4192 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4193 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4194 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4195 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4196 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4197 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4198 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4199
4200 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4201 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4202 @end deffn
4203
4204 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4205 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4206 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4207 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4208 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4209 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4210 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4211 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4212 @end deffn
4213
4214 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4215 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4216 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4217 @end deffn
4218 @end deffn
4219
4220 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4221 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4222 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4223 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4224 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4225
4226 @example
4227 flash bank at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4228 @end example
4229
4230 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4231 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4232
4233 @itemize
4234 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4235 @item @var{banks}
4236 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4237 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4238 @item @var{pages_size}
4239 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4240 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4241 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4242 @end itemize
4243
4244 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4245 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4246 will be autoconfigured.
4247 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4248
4249 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4250 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4251 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4252 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4253 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4254
4255 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4256 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4257 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4258 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4259 are not truly general purpose).
4260 @quotation Note
4261 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4262 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4263 @end quotation
4264 @end deffn
4265 @end deffn
4266
4267 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4268 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4269 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4270 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4271 @end deffn
4272
4273 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4274 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4275 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4276 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4277 and executed.
4278 @end deffn
4279
4280 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4281 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4282 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4283
4284 @quotation Note
4285 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4286 driver:
4287 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4288 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4289 @end quotation
4290
4291 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4292 which must appear in the following order:
4293
4294 @itemize
4295 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4296 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4297 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4298 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4299 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4300 at which the core is running
4301 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4302 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4303 @quotation Note
4304 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4305 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4306 However, if you do provide it,
4307 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4308 @end quotation
4309 @end itemize
4310
4311 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4312
4313 @example
4314 flash bank lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4315 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4316 @end example
4317
4318 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4319 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4320 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4321 @end deffn
4322 @end deffn
4323
4324 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4325 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4326 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4327 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4328 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4329 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4330
4331 @example
4332 flash bank lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4333 @end example
4334 @end deffn
4335
4336 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4337 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4338 from NXP.
4339
4340 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4341 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4342 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4343 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4344 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4345 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4346 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4347 you start the PLL.
4348
4349 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4350
4351 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4352 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4353 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4354
4355 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4356 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4357 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4358 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4359 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4360 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4361 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4362
4363 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4364 @example
4365 flash bank lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4366 @end example
4367
4368 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4369 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4370 @code{flash banks} command.
4371
4372 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4373 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4374 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4375 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4376 a known signature.
4377 Example:
4378 @example
4379 lpc2900 signature 0
4380 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4381 @end example
4382 @end deffn
4383
4384 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4385 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4386 saves it to a file in binary format.
4387 Example:
4388 @example
4389 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4390 @end example
4391 @end deffn
4392
4393 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4394 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4395 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4396 command:
4397
4398 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4399 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4400 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4401 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4402
4403 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4404 Example:
4405 @example
4406 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4407 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4408 @end example
4409 @end deffn
4410
4411 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4412 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4413 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4414 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4415 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4416 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4417 912 bytes.
4418 @quotation Attention
4419 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4420 @end quotation
4421 Example:
4422 @example
4423 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4424 @end example
4425 @end deffn
4426
4427 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4428 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4429 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4430 after the next power cycle.
4431 @quotation Attention
4432 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4433 @end quotation
4434 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4435 Example:
4436 @example
4437 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4438 flash info 0
4439 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4440 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4441 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4442 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4443 @end example
4444 @end deffn
4445
4446 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4447 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4448 effective after the next power cycle.
4449 @quotation Attention
4450 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4451 @end quotation
4452 Examples:
4453 @example
4454 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4455 @end example
4456 @end deffn
4457 @end deffn
4458
4459 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4460 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4461
4462 @example
4463 flash bank ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4464 @end example
4465 @end deffn
4466
4467 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4468 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4469 and integrate flash memory.
4470 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4471
4472 @example
4473 flash bank pix32mx 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4474 @end example
4475
4476 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4477 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4478 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4479 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4480 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4481 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4482 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4483 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4484 @end deffn
4485 @end deffn
4486
4487 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4488 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4489 Texas Instruments
4490 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4491 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4492 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4493 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4494 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4495 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4496
4497 @example
4498 flash bank stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4499 @end example
4500 @end deffn
4501
4502 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
4503 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
4504 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
4505 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
4506 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
4507 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
4508
4509 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
4510 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
4511 @quotation Warning
4512 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
4513 applied to all of them.
4514 @end quotation
4515 @end deffn
4516
4517 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4518 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4519 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4520 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4521 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4522
4523 @example
4524 flash bank stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4525 @end example
4526
4527 Some stm32x-specific commands
4528 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4529 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4530 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4531 are defined:
4532
4533 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4534 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4535 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4536 @end deffn
4537
4538 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4539 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4540 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4541 @end deffn
4542
4543 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4544 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4545 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4546 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4547 @end deffn
4548
4549 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4550 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4551 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4552 @end deffn
4553 @end deffn
4554
4555 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4556 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4557 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4558 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4559 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4560
4561 @example
4562 flash bank str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4563 @end example
4564
4565 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4566 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4567 for the specified flash bank.
4568 @end deffn
4569 @end deffn
4570
4571 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4572 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4573 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4574 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4575 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4576
4577 @example
4578 flash bank str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4579 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4580 @end example
4581
4582 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4583 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4584 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4585
4586 @itemize @bullet
4587 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4588 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4589 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4590 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4591 @end itemize
4592 @end deffn
4593
4594 @end deffn
4595
4596 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4597 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4598 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4599 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4600
4601 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4602
4603 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4604 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4605 @end deffn
4606
4607 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4608 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4609 @end deffn
4610
4611 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4612 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4613 the flash clock.
4614 @end deffn
4615 @end deffn
4616
4617 @subsection str9xpec driver
4618 @cindex str9xpec
4619
4620 Here is some background info to help
4621 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4622 the str9:
4623 @enumerate
4624 @item
4625 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4626 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4627 @item
4628 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4629 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4630 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4631 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4632 @end enumerate
4633
4634 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4635 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4636 configured for flash bank 0.
4637 @example
4638 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4639 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4640 jtag_reset 0 1
4641 # turn off target polling
4642 poll off
4643 # disable str9 core
4644 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4645 # read option bytes
4646 str9xpec options_read 0
4647 # re-enable str9 core
4648 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4649 poll on
4650 reset halt
4651 @end example
4652 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4653 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4654 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4655 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4656
4657 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4658 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4659 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4660 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4661 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4662
4663 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4664
4665 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4666 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4667 @end deffn
4668
4669 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4670 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4671 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4672 @end deffn
4673
4674 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4675 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4676 erase the device.
4677 @end deffn
4678
4679 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4680 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4681 @end deffn
4682
4683 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4684 Configure str9 boot bank.
4685 @end deffn
4686
4687 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4688 Configure str9 lvd source.
4689 @end deffn
4690
4691 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4692 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4693 @end deffn
4694
4695 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4696 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4697 @end deffn
4698
4699 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4700 Read str9 option bytes.
4701 @end deffn
4702
4703 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4704 Write str9 option bytes.
4705 @end deffn
4706
4707 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4708 unlock str9 device.
4709 @end deffn
4710
4711 @end deffn
4712
4713
4714 @section mFlash
4715
4716 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4717 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4718
4719 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4720 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4721 address @var{base}.
4722 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4723 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4724
4725 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4726
4727 @example
4728 mflash bank s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4729 @end example
4730
4731 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
4732
4733 @example
4734 mflash bank pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
4735 @end example
4736 @end deffn
4737
4738 @subsection mFlash commands
4739 @cindex mFlash commands
4740
4741 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
4742 Configure mflash PLL.
4743 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
4744 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
4745 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
4746 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
4747 @end deffn
4748
4749 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
4750 Configure bootable option.
4751 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
4752 (4kB) for boot.
4753 @end deffn
4754
4755 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
4756 Configure storage information.
4757 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
4758 written.
4759 @end deffn
4760
4761 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
4762 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
4763 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
4764 @end deffn
4765
4766 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
4767 Probe mflash.
4768 @end deffn
4769
4770 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
4771 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
4772 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4773 @end deffn
4774
4775 @node NAND Flash Commands
4776 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
4777 @cindex NAND
4778
4779 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
4780 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
4781 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
4782
4783 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
4784 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
4785 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
4786 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
4787 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
4788 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
4789
4790 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
4791 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
4792 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
4793 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
4794 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
4795 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
4796 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
4797 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
4798 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
4799 with techniques such as wear leveling.
4800
4801 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
4802 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
4803 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
4804 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
4805 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
4806 every 512 bytes of data.
4807
4808 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
4809 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
4810 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
4811 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
4812 ECC mode is used.
4813
4814 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
4815 @enumerate
4816 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
4817 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4818 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
4819 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
4820 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
4821 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
4822 to access that device.
4823 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
4824 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4825 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
4826 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
4827 de-brick a board.
4828 @end enumerate
4829
4830 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
4831 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
4832 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
4833 are only 32 bits wide.
4834 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
4835 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
4836 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
4837 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
4838
4839 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
4840 @section NAND Configuration Commands
4841 @cindex NAND configuration
4842
4843 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
4844 plus some additional configuration that's done after
4845 OpenOCD has initialized.
4846
4847 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
4848 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
4849 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
4850 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
4851 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
4852 they were a single (larger) device.
4853 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
4854 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
4855
4856 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
4857 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
4858 configuration files, not interactively.
4859
4860 @itemize @bullet
4861 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
4862 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
4863 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
4864 associated with the NAND device being declared.
4865 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
4866 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
4867 commands to the NAND controller.
4868 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4869 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
4870 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
4871 for more information.
4872 @end itemize
4873 @end deffn
4874
4875 @deffn Command {nand list}
4876 Prints a summary of each device declared
4877 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
4878 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
4879 @example
4880 > nand list
4881 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4882 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4883 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4884 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4885 >
4886 @end example
4887 @end deffn
4888
4889 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
4890 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
4891 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
4892 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4893 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
4894 it with most other NAND commands.
4895 @end deffn
4896
4897 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
4898
4899 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
4900 @cindex NAND reading
4901 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
4902 starting at the specified offset.
4903 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4904
4905 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4906 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4907
4908 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
4909 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
4910 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
4911
4912 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
4913 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
4914 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
4915 method which handled that error correction.
4916
4917 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
4918 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
4919 @itemize @bullet
4920 @item no oob_* parameter
4921 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
4922 @item @code{oob_raw}
4923 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
4924 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
4925 spare areas associated with each data page.
4926 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
4927 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
4928 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
4929 @item @code{oob_only}
4930 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
4931 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
4932 spare areas associated with each data page.
4933 @end itemize
4934 @end deffn
4935
4936 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
4937 @cindex NAND erasing
4938 @cindex NAND programming
4939 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
4940 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
4941 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
4942 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
4943 If those parameters are not specified,
4944 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
4945 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4946
4947 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
4948 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
4949 block marker.
4950 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
4951 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
4952 @end deffn
4953
4954 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
4955 @cindex NAND writing
4956 @cindex NAND programming
4957 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
4958 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
4959 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
4960 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4961
4962 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4963 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4964
4965 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
4966 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
4967 past the end of the device.
4968 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
4969 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
4970 if that's being written.)
4971
4972 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
4973 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
4974 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
4975
4976 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
4977 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
4978 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
4979 @itemize @bullet
4980 @item no oob_* parameter
4981 @*File has only page data, which is written.
4982 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
4983 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4984 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
4985 with hardware-computed ECC data.
4986 @item @code{oob_only}
4987 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
4988 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
4989 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
4990 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
4991 @item @code{oob_raw}
4992 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
4993 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
4994 un-altered OOB.
4995 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
4996 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
4997 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
4998 @item @code{oob_softecc}
4999 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5000 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5001 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5002 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5003 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5004 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5005 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5006 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5007 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5008 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5009 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5010 @end itemize
5011 @end deffn
5012
5013 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5014 @cindex NAND verification
5015 @cindex NAND programming
5016 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5017 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5018 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5019
5020 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5021 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5022
5023 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5024 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5025 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5026 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5027 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5028
5029 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5030 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5031 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5032
5033 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5034 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5035 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5036 be removed in a future release.
5037 @end deffn
5038
5039 @section Other NAND commands
5040 @cindex NAND other commands
5041
5042 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} [offset length]
5043 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5044 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5045 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5046 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5047 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5048 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5049 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5050
5051 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5052 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5053 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5054 @end deffn
5055
5056 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5057 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5058 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5059 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5060 status for each block.
5061 @end deffn
5062
5063 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5064 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5065 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5066
5067 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5068 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5069 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5070 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5071 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5072
5073 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5074 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5075 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5076 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5077 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5078 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5079 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5080 @end deffn
5081
5082 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5083 @section NAND Driver List
5084 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5085 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5086 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5087
5088 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5089 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5090 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5091 address of the ECC controller.
5092 @example
5093 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5094 @end example
5095 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5096 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5097 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5098 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5099 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5100 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5101 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5102 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5103 @end deffn
5104 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5105 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5106 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5107 @end deffn
5108
5109 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5110 properly configured for input or output.
5111 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5112 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5113 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5114 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5115 @end deffn
5116 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5117 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5118 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5119 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5120 @end deffn
5121 @end deffn
5122
5123 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5124 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5125 chips from Texas Instruments.
5126 It takes three extra parameters:
5127 address of the NAND chip;
5128 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5129 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5130 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5131 @example
5132 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5133 @end example
5134 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5135 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5136 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5137 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5138 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5139 @end deffn
5140
5141 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5142 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5143 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5144 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5145 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5146 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5147 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5148 @end deffn
5149
5150 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5151 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5152 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5153 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5154 @end deffn
5155 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5156
5157 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5158 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5159 parameter: the address of the controller.
5160 @example
5161 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5162 @end example
5163 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5164 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5165 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5166 change any behavior.
5167 @end deffn
5168
5169 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5170 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5171 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5172 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5173 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5174 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5175 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5176 specialized commands.
5177 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5178 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5179 change any behavior.
5180 @end deffn
5181
5182 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5183 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5184 @cindex PLD
5185 @cindex FPGA
5186
5187 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5188 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5189 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5190 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5191 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5192 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5193 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5194
5195 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5196
5197 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5198 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5199 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5200
5201 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5202 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5203
5204 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5205 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5206 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5207 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5208 behavior.
5209 @end deffn
5210
5211 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5212 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5213 @end deffn
5214
5215 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5216 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5217 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5218 @end deffn
5219
5220 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5221
5222 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5223 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5224 that particular type of PLD.
5225
5226 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5227 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5228 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5229 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5230 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5231
5232 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5233 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5234 for FPGA @var{num}.
5235 @end deffn
5236 @end deffn
5237
5238 @node General Commands
5239 @chapter General Commands
5240 @cindex commands
5241
5242 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5243 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5244 commands are documented elsewhere.
5245
5246 Intent:
5247 @itemize @bullet
5248 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5249 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5250 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5251 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5252
5253 @item @b{From the human}
5254 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5255 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5256
5257 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5258 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5259 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5260
5261 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5262 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5263 port is 5555.
5264 @end itemize
5265
5266
5267 @section Daemon Commands
5268
5269 @deffn {Command} exit
5270 Exits the current telnet session.
5271 @end deffn
5272
5273 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5274 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5275 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5276 Not every command provides helptext.
5277
5278 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5279 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5280 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5281 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5282 @end deffn
5283
5284 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5285 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5286 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5287 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5288 Useful in connection with script files
5289 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5290 @end deffn
5291
5292 @deffn Command shutdown
5293 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5294 @end deffn
5295
5296 @anchor{debug_level}
5297 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5298 @cindex message level
5299 Display debug level.
5300 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5301 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5302 Level 0 is error messages only;
5303 level 1 adds warnings;
5304 level 2 adds informational messages;
5305 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5306 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5307 the command line along with the location of that log
5308 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5309 @xref{Running}.
5310 @end deffn
5311
5312 @deffn Command fast (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5313 Default disabled.
5314 Set default behaviour of OpenOCD to be "fast and dangerous".
5315
5316 At this writing, this only affects the defaults for two ARM7/ARM9 parameters:
5317 fast memory access, and DCC downloads. Those parameters may still be
5318 individually overridden.
5319
5320 The target specific "dangerous" optimisation tweaking options may come and go
5321 as more robust and user friendly ways are found to ensure maximum throughput
5322 and robustness with a minimum of configuration.
5323
5324 Typically the "fast enable" is specified first on the command line:
5325
5326 @example
5327 openocd -c "fast enable" -c "interface dummy" -f target/str710.cfg
5328 @end example
5329 @end deffn
5330
5331 @deffn Command echo message
5332 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5333 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5334 @example
5335 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5336 @end example
5337 @end deffn
5338
5339 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5340 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5341 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5342 @end deffn
5343
5344 @anchor{Target State handling}
5345 @section Target State handling
5346 @cindex reset
5347 @cindex halt
5348 @cindex target initialization
5349
5350 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5351 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5352 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5353 a current target which is used to perform the
5354 various operations. The current target may be changed
5355 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5356 target which should become current.
5357
5358 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5359 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5360 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5361 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5362 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5363
5364 @emph{With no arguments}:
5365 list all available registers for the current target,
5366 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5367 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5368 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5369 are flagged as such.
5370
5371 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5372
5373 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5374 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5375 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5376 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5377 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5378 relevant module will flush such values.
5379
5380 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5381 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5382
5383 @example
5384 > reg
5385 ===== ARM registers
5386 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5387 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5388 (2) r2 (/32)
5389 ...
5390 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5391 >
5392 @end example
5393 @end deffn
5394
5395 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5396 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5397 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5398 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5399 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5400 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5401 (and enter debug mode).
5402 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5403
5404 @quotation Warning
5405 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5406 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5407 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5408 power mode by gating the core clock;
5409 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5410
5411 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5412 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5413 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5414 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5415 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5416 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5417
5418 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5419 work with a JTAG debugger.
5420 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5421 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5422 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5423 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5424 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5425 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5426 @end quotation
5427
5428 @end deffn
5429
5430 @deffn Command resume [address]
5431 Resume the target at its current code position,
5432 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5433 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5434 @end deffn
5435
5436 @deffn Command step [address]
5437 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5438 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5439 @end deffn
5440
5441 @anchor{Reset Command}
5442 @deffn Command reset
5443 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5444 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5445 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5446 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5447 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5448 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5449
5450 The optional parameter specifies what should
5451 happen after the reset.
5452 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5453 The other options will not work on all systems.
5454 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5455
5456 @itemize @minus
5457 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5458 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5459 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5460 @end itemize
5461 @end deffn
5462
5463 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5464 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5465 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5466 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5467 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5468 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5469 state.
5470 @end deffn
5471
5472 @section I/O Utilities
5473
5474 These commands are available when
5475 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5476 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5477 notably the ZY1000.
5478 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5479
5480 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5481
5482 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5483 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5484 the text file @file{filename}.
5485 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5486 The last string is followed by a newline.
5487 @end deffn
5488
5489 @deffn Command cat filename
5490 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5491 @end deffn
5492
5493 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5494 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5495 into @file{dest_filename}.
5496 @end deffn
5497
5498 @deffn Command ip
5499 @emph{No description provided.}
5500 @end deffn
5501
5502 @deffn Command ls
5503 @emph{No description provided.}
5504 @end deffn
5505
5506 @deffn Command mac
5507 @emph{No description provided.}
5508 @end deffn
5509
5510 @deffn Command meminfo
5511 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5512 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5513 @end deffn
5514
5515 @deffn Command peek
5516 @emph{No description provided.}
5517 @end deffn
5518
5519 @deffn Command poke
5520 @emph{No description provided.}
5521 @end deffn
5522
5523 @deffn Command rm filename
5524 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5525 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5526 @end deffn
5527
5528 @deffn Command trunc filename
5529 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5530 @end deffn
5531
5532 @anchor{Memory access}
5533 @section Memory access commands
5534 @cindex memory access
5535
5536 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5537 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5538 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5539 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5540
5541 @enumerate
5542 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5543 to change the current target.
5544 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5545 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5546 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5547 @end enumerate
5548
5549 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5550 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5551 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5552 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5553 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5554 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5555 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5556 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5557 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5558 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5559 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5560 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5561 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5562 @end deffn
5563
5564 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5565 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5566 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5567 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5568 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5569 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5570 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5571 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5572 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5573 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5574 @end deffn
5575
5576
5577 @anchor{Image access}
5578 @section Image loading commands
5579 @cindex image loading
5580 @cindex image dumping
5581
5582 @anchor{dump_image}
5583 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5584 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5585 binary file named @var{filename}.
5586 @end deffn
5587
5588 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5589 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5590 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5591 @end deffn
5592
5593 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5594 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5595 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5596 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5597 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5598 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5599 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5600 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5601 separately.
5602 @end deffn
5603
5604 @anchor{load_image}
5605 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5606 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory at @var{address}.
5607 The file format may optionally be specified
5608 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5609 @end deffn
5610
5611 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5612 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5613 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5614 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5615 The file format may optionally be specified
5616 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5617 @end deffn
5618
5619 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5620 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5621 The file format may optionally be specified
5622 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5623 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5624 @end deffn
5625
5626
5627 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5628 @cindex breakpoint
5629 @cindex watchpoint
5630
5631 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5632 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5633 watchpoints.
5634 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5635
5636 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5637 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5638 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5639 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5640 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5641 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5642
5643 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5644 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5645 @end deffn
5646
5647 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5648 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5649 @end deffn
5650
5651 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5652 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5653 @end deffn
5654
5655 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5656 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5657 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5658 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5659 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5660 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5661 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5662 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5663 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5664 @end deffn
5665
5666 @section Misc Commands
5667
5668 @cindex profiling
5669 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5670 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5671 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5672 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5673 @end deffn
5674
5675 @deffn Command {version}
5676 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5677 @end deffn
5678
5679 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5680 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5681 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5682 @end deffn
5683
5684 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5685 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5686 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5687 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5688
5689 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5690 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5691 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5692 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5693
5694 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5695 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5696 @cindex tracing
5697 @cindex ETM
5698 @cindex ETB
5699
5700 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5701 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5702 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5703
5704 @itemize
5705 @item
5706 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5707 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5708 supports such an interface.
5709 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5710 and trace port support.)
5711 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5712 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5713 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5714 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5715 in the board-specific configuration file.
5716 @item
5717 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5718 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5719 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5720 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5721 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5722 @end itemize
5723
5724 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5725
5726 @quotation Issues
5727 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5728 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5729
5730 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5731 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5732 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5733 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
5734 dummy trace port driver}.
5735
5736 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
5737 as well as tracing only during specific states
5738 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
5739
5740 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
5741 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
5742 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
5743 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
5744 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
5745
5746 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
5747 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
5748 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
5749 this original style of JTAG access.
5750 @end quotation
5751
5752 @subsection ETM Configuration
5753 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
5754
5755 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
5756 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
5757 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
5758
5759 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
5760 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
5761 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
5762 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
5763 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
5764 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
5765 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
5766 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
5767 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
5768
5769 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
5770 or @option{demultiplexed}.
5771 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
5772
5773 @quotation Warning
5774 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
5775 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
5776 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
5777 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
5778 @end quotation
5779
5780 @quotation Note
5781 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
5782 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
5783 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
5784 what CPU activities are traced.
5785 @end quotation
5786 @end deffn
5787
5788 @deffn Command {etm info}
5789 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
5790 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
5791 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
5792 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
5793 @end deffn
5794
5795 @deffn Command {etm status}
5796 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
5797 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
5798 Did trace data overflow?
5799 Was it triggered?
5800 @end deffn
5801
5802 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
5803 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
5804 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
5805 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
5806 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
5807
5808 @itemize
5809 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
5810 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
5811 The value is one of
5812 @option{none} (save nothing),
5813 @option{data} (save data),
5814 @option{address} (save addresses),
5815 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
5816 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
5817 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
5818 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
5819 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
5820 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
5821 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
5822 trace stream without an image of the code.
5823 @end itemize
5824 @end deffn
5825
5826 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5827 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
5828 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
5829 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
5830 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
5831
5832 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
5833 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
5834 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
5835 @end deffn
5836
5837 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
5838
5839 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
5840 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
5841 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
5842
5843 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
5844 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
5845 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
5846 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
5847 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
5848 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
5849 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
5850
5851 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
5852
5853 @itemize
5854 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
5855 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
5856 for instruction access within that function's body.
5857 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
5858 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
5859 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
5860 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
5861 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
5862 combining one of the above models with a counter.
5863 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
5864 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
5865 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
5866 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
5867 @item @emph{... more}
5868 @end itemize
5869
5870 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
5871 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
5872
5873 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
5874 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
5875 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
5876 @end deffn
5877
5878 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
5879 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
5880 @end deffn
5881
5882 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
5883 Opens an image file.
5884 @end deffn
5885
5886 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
5887 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
5888 @end deffn
5889
5890 @deffn Command {etm start}
5891 Starts trace data collection.
5892 @end deffn
5893
5894 @deffn Command {etm stop}
5895 Stops trace data collection.
5896 @end deffn
5897
5898 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
5899 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
5900
5901 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
5902
5903 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
5904 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5905 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
5906 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
5907 any trace data collection.}
5908 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
5909 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
5910 @end deffn
5911 @end deffn
5912
5913 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
5914 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
5915 to use on-chip ETB memory.
5916 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
5917 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
5918 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
5919 @end deffn
5920 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
5921 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
5922 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
5923 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
5924 trace trigger becomes active.
5925
5926 @itemize
5927 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
5928 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
5929 afterwards.
5930 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
5931 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
5932 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
5933 what caused that event to happen.
5934 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
5935 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
5936 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
5937 how the event caused trouble.
5938 @end itemize
5939 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
5940 @end deffn
5941
5942 @end deffn
5943
5944 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
5945 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
5946 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
5947 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
5948 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
5949
5950 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5951 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
5952
5953 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
5954 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
5955 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
5956 @end deffn
5957
5958 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
5959 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
5960 @end deffn
5961
5962 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
5963 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
5964 @end deffn
5965 @end deffn
5966
5967
5968 @section Generic ARM
5969 @cindex ARM
5970
5971 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
5972 They are available in addition to other core-specific
5973 commands that may be available.
5974
5975 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
5976 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
5977 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
5978 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
5979 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5980 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
5981 @end deffn
5982
5983 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
5984 @cindex disassemble
5985 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
5986 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
5987 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
5988 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
5989 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
5990 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
5991 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
5992
5993 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
5994 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
5995 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
5996 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
5997 with a handful of exceptions.
5998 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
5999 @end deffn
6000
6001 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6002 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6003 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6004 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6005 and using the MCR instruction.
6006 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6007 an ARM register.)
6008 @end deffn
6009
6010 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6011 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6012 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6013 and the MRC instruction.
6014 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6015 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6016 an ARM register.)
6017 @end deffn
6018
6019 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6020 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6021 core mode if necessary.
6022 @end deffn
6023
6024 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6025 @cindex ARMv4
6026 @cindex ARMv5
6027
6028 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6029 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6030 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6031 variant.
6032
6033 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6034 @cindex ARM7
6035 @cindex ARM9
6036
6037 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6038 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6039 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6040 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6041
6042 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6043 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6044 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6045 instead of breakpoints.
6046 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6047
6048 This should be
6049 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6050 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6051 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6052 @end deffn
6053
6054 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6055 @cindex DCC
6056 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6057 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6058 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6059
6060 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6061 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6062 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6063 @end deffn
6064
6065 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6066 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6067 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6068 that don't check completion of the operation.
6069 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6070
6071 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6072 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6073 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6074 @end deffn
6075
6076 @deffn Command {arm7_9 semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6077 @cindex ARM semihosting
6078 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6079
6080 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6081 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6082 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6083 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6084 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6085 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6086 @end deffn
6087
6088 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6089 @cindex ARM720T
6090
6091 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6092 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6093 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6094 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6095
6096 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6097 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6098 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6099
6100 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6101 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6102 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6103 @end deffn
6104
6105 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6106 @cindex ARM9
6107
6108 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6109 integer processors.
6110 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6111
6112 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6113 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6114 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6115 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6116
6117 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6118 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6119 @cindex vector_catch
6120 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6121 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6122 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6123 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6124 to those hardware vectors.
6125
6126 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6127 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6128 vector catch hardware to intercept
6129 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6130 @option{none} of them,
6131 or a list with one or more of the following:
6132 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6133 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6134 @end deffn
6135
6136 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6137 @cindex ARM920T
6138
6139 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6140 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6141 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6142 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6143 and ARM9 commands.
6144
6145 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6146 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6147 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6148 @end deffn
6149
6150 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6151 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6152 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6153 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6154 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6155 (Not all registers can be written.)
6156 @end deffn
6157
6158 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6159 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6160 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6161
6162 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6163 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6164 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6165 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6166 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6167 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6168 @end deffn
6169
6170 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6171 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6172 @end deffn
6173
6174 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6175 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6176 @end deffn
6177
6178 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6179 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6180
6181 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6182 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6183 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6184 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6185 and ARM9 commands.
6186
6187 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6188 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6189
6190 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6191 Print information about the caches found.
6192 @end deffn
6193
6194 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6195 @cindex ARM966E
6196
6197 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6198 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6199 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6200 and ARM9 commands.
6201
6202 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6203 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6204 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6205 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6206 ARM966E-S TRM.
6207 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6208 as required for BIST support.
6209 @end deffn
6210
6211 @subsection XScale specific commands
6212 @cindex XScale
6213
6214 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6215
6216 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6217 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6218 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6219 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6220 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6221 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6222 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6223
6224 OpenOCD currently does not sync the mini-IC entries with the RAM
6225 contents (which would fail anyway while the target is running), so
6226 the user must provide appropriate values using the @code{xscale
6227 vector_table} command.
6228
6229 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6230 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6231 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6232 code layout in memory:
6233 @example
6234 _vectors:
6235 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6236 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6237 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6238 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6239 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6240 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6241 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6242 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6243 .org 0x100
6244 .long real_reset_vector
6245 .long real_ui_handler
6246 .long real_swi_handler
6247 .long real_pf_abort
6248 .long real_data_abort
6249 .long 0 /* unused */
6250 .long real_irq_handler
6251 .long real_fiq_handler
6252 @end example
6253
6254 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6255 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6256 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6257 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6258
6259
6260 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6261 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6262
6263 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6264 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6265 @end deffn
6266
6267 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6268 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6269 @end deffn
6270
6271 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6272 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6273 @end deffn
6274
6275 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6276 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6277 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6278 @end deffn
6279
6280 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6281 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6282 @end deffn
6283
6284 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6285 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6286 @end deffn
6287
6288 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6289 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6290 @end deffn
6291
6292 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6293 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6294 @end deffn
6295
6296 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6297 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6298 @end deffn
6299
6300 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6301 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6302 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6303 and modifying how it is emptied.
6304 @end deffn
6305
6306 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6307 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6308 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6309 The image @var{type} may be one of
6310 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6311 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6312 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6313 @end deffn
6314
6315 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6316 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6317 @cindex vector_catch
6318 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6319 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6320
6321 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6322 @example
6323 0x01 Trap Reset
6324 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6325 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6326 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6327 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6328 0x20 reserved
6329 0x40 Trap IRQ
6330 0x80 Trap FIQ
6331 @end example
6332 @end deffn
6333
6334 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6335 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6336 @cindex vector_table
6337
6338 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6339 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6340 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6341 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6342 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6343
6344 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6345
6346 @end deffn
6347
6348 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6349 @cindex ARMv6
6350
6351 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6352 @cindex ARM11
6353
6354 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6355 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6356 which is enabled by default.
6357 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6358 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6359 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6360 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6361 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6362 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6363 @end deffn
6364
6365 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6366 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6367 which is enabled by default.
6368 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6369 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6370 @end deffn
6371
6372 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6373 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6374 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6375 they are disabled by default.
6376 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6377 @end deffn
6378
6379 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6380 @cindex vector_catch
6381 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6382 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6383 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6384
6385 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6386 for certain hardware events.
6387 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6388 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6389 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6390 @end deffn
6391
6392 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6393 @cindex ARMv7
6394
6395 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6396 @cindex Debug Access Port
6397 @cindex DAP
6398 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6399 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6400 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6401
6402 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6403 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6404 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6405 @end deffn
6406
6407 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6408 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6409 @end deffn
6410
6411 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6412 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6413 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6414 @end deffn
6415
6416 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6417 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6418 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6419 @end deffn
6420
6421 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6422 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6423 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6424 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6425 @end deffn
6426
6427 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6428 @cindex Cortex-M3
6429
6430 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 disassemble} address [count]
6431 @cindex disassemble
6432 Disassembles @var{count} Thumb2 instructions starting at @var{address}.
6433 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6434 @end deffn
6435
6436 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
6437 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6438 @end deffn
6439
6440 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6441 @cindex vector_catch
6442 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6443 for certain hardware events.
6444
6445 Parameters request interception of
6446 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6447 @option{none} of them,
6448 or one or more of the following:
6449 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6450 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6451 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6452 @option{irq_err},
6453 @option{state_err},
6454 @option{chk_err}, or
6455 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6456 @option{reset}.
6457 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6458 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6459 are mapped to HardFault.
6460 UsageFault checks for
6461 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6462 must also be explicitly enabled.
6463
6464 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6465 @end deffn
6466
6467 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6468 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6469 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6470 @cindex tracing
6471 @cindex libdcc
6472 @cindex DCC
6473 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6474 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6475 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6476 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6477
6478 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6479 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6480 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6481 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6482 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6483 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6484
6485 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6486 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6487 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6488 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6489 The target being debugged may
6490 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6491 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6492 each supported by a command:
6493
6494 @itemize
6495 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6496 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6497 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6498 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6499
6500 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6501 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6502 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6503
6504 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6505 and then displayed at any time.
6506 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6507
6508 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6509 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6510 @end itemize
6511
6512 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6513 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6514 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6515 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6516 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6517 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6518 does the same thing.
6519
6520 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6521 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6522 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6523 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6524 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6525
6526 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6527 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6528 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6529 @end deffn
6530
6531 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6532 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6533 in the order they triggered.
6534 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6535 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6536 history records.
6537 @end deffn
6538
6539 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6540 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6541 they have been triggered.
6542 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6543 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6544 and associates it with that identifier.
6545
6546 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6547 are not related except by this command.
6548 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6549 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6550 @end deffn
6551
6552
6553 @node JTAG Commands
6554 @chapter JTAG Commands
6555 @cindex JTAG Commands
6556 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6557 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6558 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6559 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6560 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6561
6562 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6563 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6564
6565 @itemize @bullet
6566 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6567 devices such as a CPUs.
6568 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6569 standard state machine (in parallel)
6570 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6571 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6572 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6573 while the reading previous ones.
6574 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6575 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6576 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6577 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6578 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6579 registers.
6580 @end itemize
6581
6582 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6583
6584 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6585 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6586 the order of TAP state transitions.
6587 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6588 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6589 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6590
6591 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6592 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6593 that specify the entire register.
6594 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6595 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6596 The return value holds the original value of each
6597 of those fields.
6598
6599 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6600 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6601 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6602 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6603 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6604
6605 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6606 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6607
6608 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6609 in that state.
6610 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6611 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6612 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6613
6614 @quotation Warning
6615 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6616 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6617 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6618 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6619 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6620 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6621 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6622 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6623 @end quotation
6624 @end deffn
6625
6626 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6627 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6628 This may be used for performance tuning.
6629
6630 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6631 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6632 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6633 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6634 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6635 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6636 @end deffn
6637
6638 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6639 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6640 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6641 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6642 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6643 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6644
6645 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6646 in that state.
6647 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6648 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6649 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6650
6651 @quotation Note
6652 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6653 register values, unlike data register values.
6654 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6655 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6656 @end quotation
6657 @end deffn
6658
6659 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6660 Set values of reset signals.
6661 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6662 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6663 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6664 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6665 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6666 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6667 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6668
6669 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6670 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6671 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6672 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6673 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6674 instead of the TRST signal.
6675 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6676 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6677 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6678 with handlers for that event.
6679 @end deffn
6680
6681 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6682 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
6683 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
6684 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
6685 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
6686 Then, in a series of single state transitions
6687 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
6688 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
6689 The final state must also be stable.
6690 @end deffn
6691
6692 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
6693 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
6694 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
6695 Instructions often need some time
6696 to execute before they take effect.
6697 @end deffn
6698
6699 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
6700 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
6701
6702 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6703 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
6704 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
6705 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
6706 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
6707 @end deffn
6708
6709 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6710 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
6711 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
6712 must also be enabled.
6713 Default is enabled.
6714 @end deffn
6715
6716 @section TAP state names
6717 @cindex TAP state names
6718
6719 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
6720 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
6721 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
6722 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
6723
6724 @itemize @bullet
6725 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
6726 acts as if TRST were pulsed
6727 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
6728 @item @b{DRSELECT}
6729 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
6730 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6731 through the data register
6732 @item @b{DREXIT1}
6733 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
6734 for update or more shifting
6735 @item @b{DREXIT2}
6736 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
6737 @item @b{IRSELECT}
6738 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
6739 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6740 through the instruction register
6741 @item @b{IREXIT1}
6742 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
6743 for update or more shifting
6744 @item @b{IREXIT2}
6745 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
6746 @end itemize
6747
6748 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
6749 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
6750 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
6751 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
6752
6753 @itemize @bullet
6754 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
6755 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
6756 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
6757 may not be as expected.
6758 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
6759 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
6760 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
6761 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
6762 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
6763 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
6764 @end itemize
6765
6766 @node Boundary Scan Commands
6767 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
6768
6769 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
6770 boundary scan based hardware testing.
6771 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
6772 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
6773
6774 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
6775 @cindex Serial Vector Format
6776 @cindex SVF
6777
6778 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
6779 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
6780 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6781
6782 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
6783 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6784 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
6785 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6786 each command is logged before it is executed.
6787 @end deffn
6788
6789 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6790 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6791 @cindex XSVF
6792
6793 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
6794 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
6795 Xilinx devices.
6796 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6797
6798 @quotation Important
6799 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
6800 @end quotation
6801
6802 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
6803 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6804 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
6805 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
6806 that TAP.
6807 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
6808 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
6809 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6810 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
6811 @end deffn
6812
6813 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
6814 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
6815 after building the software.
6816 You may find them useful:
6817
6818 @itemize
6819 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
6820 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
6821 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
6822 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
6823 @end itemize
6824
6825 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
6826 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
6827 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
6828 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
6829 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
6830 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
6831 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
6832
6833
6834 @node TFTP
6835 @chapter TFTP
6836 @cindex TFTP
6837 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
6838 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
6839
6840 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
6841 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
6842 server (tftpd). For example,
6843
6844 @example
6845 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
6846 @end example
6847
6848 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
6849 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
6850
6851 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
6852 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
6853 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
6854 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
6855
6856 @node GDB and OpenOCD
6857 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
6858 @cindex GDB
6859 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
6860 to debug remote targets.
6861 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
6862
6863 @itemize
6864 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
6865 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
6866 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
6867 as shown in this chapter.
6868 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
6869 that also will probably need to be configured.
6870 @end itemize
6871
6872 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
6873 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
6874 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
6875 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
6876 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
6877 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
6878
6879 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
6880 @section Connecting to GDB
6881 @cindex Connecting to GDB
6882 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
6883 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
6884 errors, which has since been fixed; see
6885 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
6886
6887 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
6888
6889 @enumerate
6890 @item
6891 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
6892 @example
6893 target remote localhost:3333
6894 @end example
6895 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
6896 @item
6897 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
6898 @example
6899 target remote | openocd --pipe
6900 @end example
6901 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
6902 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
6903 session.
6904 @end enumerate
6905
6906 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
6907 GDB command line.
6908
6909 @section Sample GDB session startup
6910
6911 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
6912 than they do when you're debugging locally.
6913 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
6914 small ARM program.
6915 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
6916 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
6917
6918 @example
6919 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
6920 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
6921 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
6922 ...
6923 (gdb) monitor reset halt
6924 ...
6925 (gdb) load
6926 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
6927 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
6928 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
6929 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
6930 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
6931 (gdb) continue
6932 Continuing.
6933 ...
6934 @end example
6935
6936 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
6937 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
6938 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
6939 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
6940
6941 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
6942
6943 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
6944 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
6945 packet size and the device's memory map.
6946 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
6947 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
6948 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
6949
6950 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
6951 You may need to set those up by hand.
6952 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
6953 something like:
6954
6955 @example
6956 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
6957 @end example
6958
6959 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
6960
6961 @example
6962 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
6963 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
6964 @end example
6965
6966 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
6967 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
6968 do not have such restrictions.
6969
6970 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
6971 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
6972 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
6973
6974 @example
6975 define hook-step
6976 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
6977 end
6978 define hookpost-step
6979 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
6980 end
6981 @end example
6982
6983 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
6984 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
6985 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
6986 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
6987
6988 @section Programming using GDB
6989 @cindex Programming using GDB
6990
6991 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
6992 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
6993 @example
6994 gdb_memory_map disable
6995 @end example
6996 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
6997 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
6998 working area.
6999
7000 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7001 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7002 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7003 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7004
7005 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7006 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7007
7008 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7009 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7010 @example
7011 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7012 @end example
7013
7014 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7015 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7016
7017 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
7018 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
7019 will be used.
7020
7021 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
7022 script can be executed:
7023 @example
7024 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
7025 @end example
7026
7027 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
7028 can be used.
7029
7030 @node Tcl Scripting API
7031 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
7032 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
7033 @cindex Tcl scripts
7034 @section API rules
7035
7036 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
7037 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
7038 information as an argument to each proc.
7039
7040 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
7041 pair list and lists.
7042
7043 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7044 list.
7045
7046 @verbatim
7047
7048 > set foo(me) Duane
7049 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7050 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7051 > set foo(duck) Donald
7052
7053 If one does this:
7054
7055 > set foo
7056
7057 The result is:
7058
7059 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7060
7061 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7062
7063 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7064 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7065 }
7066 @end verbatim
7067
7068 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7069 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7070
7071 @section Internal low-level Commands
7072
7073 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7074
7075 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7076 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7077 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7078
7079 @itemize @bullet
7080 @item @b{ocd_mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7081
7082 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7083 @item @b{ocd_array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7084
7085 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7086 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7087
7088 Return information about the flash banks
7089 @end itemize
7090
7091 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7092 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7093 called "flash_banks".
7094
7095 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7096
7097 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7098 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7099 holds one of the following values:
7100
7101 @itemize @bullet
7102 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7103 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7104 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7105 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7106 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7107 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7108 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7109 @end itemize
7110
7111 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7112
7113 @quotation Note
7114 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7115 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7116 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7117 is jim, not real tcl).
7118 @end quotation
7119
7120 @node FAQ
7121 @chapter FAQ
7122 @cindex faq
7123 @enumerate
7124 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7125 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7126 @cindex RTCK
7127 @cindex adaptive clocking
7128 @*
7129
7130 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7131 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7132 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7133 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7134
7135 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7136 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7137 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7138 @enumerate
7139 @item
7140 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7141 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7142 @item
7143 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7144 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7145 @end enumerate
7146
7147 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7148 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7149 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7150 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7151 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7152 power).
7153
7154 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7155 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7156 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7157 ARM926 scenario).
7158 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7159 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7160 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7161
7162 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7163 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7164 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7165 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7166
7167 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7168
7169 In order to make use of this,
7170 both your CPU and your JTAG dongle must support the RTCK
7171 feature. Not all dongles support this - keep reading!
7172
7173 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7174 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7175 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7176 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7177 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7178
7179 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7180 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7181 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7182 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7183
7184 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7185 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7186 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7187 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7188 with a CPLD.
7189 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7190 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7191 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7192 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7193 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7194 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7195
7196 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7197
7198 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7199
7200 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7201 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7202 depending on the chips on your board.
7203 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7204 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7205 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7206
7207 Note: Many FTDI2232C based JTAG dongles are limited to 6MHz.
7208
7209 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7210 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7211 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7212 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7213
7214 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7215 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7216 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7217 this way.
7218
7219 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7220 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7221 clock rate.
7222 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7223 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7224 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7225
7226 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7227
7228 @example
7229 # Example: 1.234MHz
7230 jtag_khz 1234
7231 @end example
7232
7233
7234 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7235
7236 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7237 around Windows filenames.
7238
7239 @example
7240 > echo \a
7241
7242 > echo @{\a@}
7243 \a
7244 > echo "\a"
7245
7246 >
7247 @end example
7248
7249
7250 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7251
7252 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7253 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7254 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7255
7256 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7257 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7258 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7259
7260 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7261 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7262 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7263
7264 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7265
7266 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7267 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7268 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7269 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7270
7271 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7272 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7273 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7274
7275 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7276 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7277
7278 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7279 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7280 memory read caused data abort".
7281
7282 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7283 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7284 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7285 be done, feel free to add this here.
7286
7287 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7288 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7289 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7290 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7291 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7292 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7293 gracefully stops.
7294
7295 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7296 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7297 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7298
7299 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7300 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7301 bytes. Painful...
7302
7303
7304 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7305 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7306
7307 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7308 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7309 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7310 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7311 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7312 reset, everything else should work fine.
7313
7314 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7315 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7316 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7317 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7318
7319 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7320 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7321 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7322 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7323
7324 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7325
7326 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7327 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7328 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7329 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7330
7331 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7332 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7333 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7334 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7335
7336 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7337 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7338 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7339
7340 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7341 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7342
7343 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7344 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7345 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank lpc2000
7346 0x0 0x40000 0 0 0 lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7347 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7348 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7349 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7350 clock frequency?
7351
7352 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7353 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7354 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7355 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7356 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7357
7358 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7359
7360 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7361 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7362 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7363 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7364 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7365 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7366 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7367
7368 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7369
7370 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7371 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7372 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7373 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7374
7375 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7376 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7377 particular order?
7378
7379 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7380 the same order used by the hardware.
7381
7382 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7383 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7384 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7385 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7386 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7387 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7388
7389 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7390 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7391 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7392 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7393
7394 @itemize @bullet
7395 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7396 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7397 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7398 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7399 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7400 @end itemize
7401
7402 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7403
7404 @itemize @bullet
7405 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7406 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7407 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7408 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7409 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7410 @end itemize
7411
7412
7413 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7414 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7415 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7416
7417 TODO.
7418
7419 @end enumerate
7420
7421 @node Tcl Crash Course
7422 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7423 @cindex Tcl
7424
7425 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7426 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7427 how the Tcl scripts work.
7428
7429 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7430 who need to understand a bit more of how JIM-Tcl works so they can do
7431 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7432 OpenOCD.
7433
7434 @section Tcl Rule #1
7435 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7436 @enumerate
7437 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7438 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7439 @end enumerate
7440
7441 The Tcl equal is this:
7442
7443 @enumerate
7444 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7445 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7446 @end enumerate
7447
7448 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7449 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7450
7451 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7452 There is a second pair of rules.
7453 @enumerate
7454 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7455 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7456 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7457 in Tcl.
7458 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7459 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7460 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7461 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7462 @end enumerate
7463
7464 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7465 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7466 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7467 Everything is a string}
7468
7469 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7470 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7471 difference is subtle.
7472 @enumerate
7473 @item Parse Time
7474 @item Evaluation Time
7475 @end enumerate
7476
7477 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7478 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7479 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7480
7481 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7482 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7483 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7484 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7485
7486 @itemize @bullet
7487 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7488 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7489 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7490 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7491 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7492 @example
7493 # bash example
7494 X=`date`
7495 echo "The Date is: $X"
7496 # Tcl example
7497 set X [date]
7498 puts "The Date is: $X"
7499 @end example
7500 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7501 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7502 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7503 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7504 is a string}
7505 @example
7506 set x "Dinner"
7507 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7508 @end example
7509 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7510 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7511 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7512 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7513 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7514 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7515 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7516 @end itemize
7517
7518 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7519
7520 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7521
7522 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7523
7524 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7525 the normal way.
7526
7527 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7528 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7529 line is immedatly executed.
7530
7531 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7532 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7533
7534 @subsection Command Execution
7535
7536 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7537 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7538 control flow operators.
7539
7540 Commands are executed like this:
7541
7542 @enumerate
7543 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
7544 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7545 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7546 @end enumerate
7547
7548 It sort of works like this:
7549 @example
7550 for(;;)@{
7551 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7552
7553 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7554
7555 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7556 @}
7557 @end example
7558
7559 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7560 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7561 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7562 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7563 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7564 ``LookupCommand()''
7565
7566 @subsection The FOR command
7567
7568 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7569 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7570 command just like any other command.
7571
7572 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7573 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7574 are:
7575
7576 @enumerate 0
7577 @item The ascii text 'for'
7578 @item The start text
7579 @item The test expression
7580 @item The next text
7581 @item The body text
7582 @end enumerate
7583
7584 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7585 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7586 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7587 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7588
7589 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7590 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7591
7592 @example
7593 int
7594 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7595 int *argc,
7596 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7597 @end example
7598
7599 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7600 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7601 still operates in the same basic way.
7602
7603 @subsection FOR command implementation
7604
7605 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7606 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7607
7608 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7609
7610 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7611
7612 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7613 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7614 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7615
7616 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7617 expression and returns a value.
7618
7619 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7620 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7621 @example
7622 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7623
7624 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7625
7626 int
7627 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7628 int argc,
7629 char **argv )
7630 @{
7631 if( argc != 5 )@{
7632 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
7633 return ERROR;
7634 @}
7635
7636 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
7637
7638 // Execute the start statement.
7639 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
7640
7641 // Top of loop test
7642 for(;;)@{
7643 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
7644 if( i == 0 )
7645 break;
7646
7647 // Execute the body
7648 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
7649
7650 // Execute the LOOP part
7651 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
7652 @}
7653
7654 // Return no error
7655 SetResult( interp, "" );
7656 return SUCCESS;
7657 @}
7658 @end example
7659
7660 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
7661 in the same basic way.
7662
7663 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
7664
7665 @subsection source and find commands
7666 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
7667 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
7668 @*Remember the parsing rules
7669 @enumerate
7670 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
7671 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
7672 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
7673 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
7674 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
7675 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
7676 That character begins Tcl comments.)
7677 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
7678 it reads a file and executes as a script.
7679 @end enumerate
7680 @subsection format command
7681 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
7682 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
7683 @b{sprintf()}.
7684 @b{Example}
7685 @example
7686 set x 6
7687 set y 7
7688 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
7689 @end example
7690 @enumerate
7691 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
7692 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
7693 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
7694 @* Refer to Rule #1
7695 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
7696 @* Refer to Rule #1.
7697 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
7698 @end enumerate
7699 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
7700 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
7701 @example
7702 #1 Good
7703 proc someproc @{@} @{
7704 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
7705 @}
7706 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
7707 #2 Good - no variables
7708 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
7709 #3 Good Curly Braces
7710 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
7711 puts "Time: [date]"
7712 @}
7713 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
7714 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
7715 @end example
7716 @enumerate
7717 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
7718 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
7719 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
7720 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
7721 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
7722 command.
7723 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
7724 @*There are 4 examples:
7725 @enumerate
7726 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
7727 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
7728 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
7729 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
7730 @end enumerate
7731
7732 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
7733 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
7734 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
7735
7736 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
7737 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
7738 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
7739 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
7740 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
7741 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
7742 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
7743 @end enumerate
7744 @subsection Global Variables
7745 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
7746 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
7747 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
7748 @example
7749 proc myproc @{ @} @{
7750 set y 0 #Local variable Y
7751 global x #Global variable X
7752 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
7753 @}
7754 @end example
7755 @section Other Tcl Hacks
7756 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
7757 @example
7758 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
7759 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
7760 # Create var name
7761 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
7762 # Make it a global
7763 global $vn
7764 # Set it.
7765 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
7766 @}
7767 @end example
7768 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
7769 @example
7770 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
7771 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
7772 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
7773 @}
7774 @end example
7775
7776 @include fdl.texi
7777
7778 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
7779 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
7780 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
7781 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
7782 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
7783 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
7784
7785 @printindex cp
7786
7787 @node Command and Driver Index
7788 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
7789 @printindex fn
7790
7791 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)